At present sandbox runs the next phase from discrete executables, so for
example u-boot-tpl runs u-boot-vpl to get to the next phase.
In some cases the phases are all built into a single firmware image, as is
done for real boards. Add support for this to sandbox.
Make it higher priority so that it takes precedence over the existing
method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for filtering out FIT images by phase. Rather than adding yet
another argument to this already overloaded function, use a composite
value, where the phase is only added in if needed.
The FIT config is still selected (and verified) as normal, but the images
are selected based on the phase.
Tests for this come in a little later, as part of the updated VPL test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to be able to mark an image as related to a phase, so we can
easily load all the images for SPL or for U-Boot proper.
Add this to the FIT specification, along with some access functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox only supports jumping to a file, to get to the next
U-Boot phase. We want to support other methods, so update the code to
use an enum for the method. Also use the
Use board_boot_order() to set the order, so we can add more options.
Also add the MMC methods into the BOOT_DEVICE enum so that booting
from MMC can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add test coverage for blk_write() as well.
The blk_erase() is not tested for now as the USB stor interface does not
support erase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have functions called blk_dread(), etc., which take a
struct blk_desc * to refer to the block device. Add some functions which
use udevice instead, since this is more in keeping with how driver model
is supposed to work.
Update one of the tests to use this.
Note that it would be nice to update the functions in disk-uclass.c to use
these new functions. However they are not quite the same. For example,
disk_blk_read() adds the partition offset to 'start' when calling the
cache read/fill functions, but does not with part_blk_read(), which does
the addition itself. So as designed the code is duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the uclass type as the first part of the function name, to be
consistent with the methods in other block drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we normally write tests either in Python or in C. But most
Python tests end up doing a lot of checks which would be better done in C.
Checks done in C are orders of magnitude faster and it is possible to get
full access to U-Boot's internal workings, rather than just relying on
the command line.
The model is to have a Python test set up some things and then use C code
(in a unit test) to check that they were done correctly. But we don't want
those checks to happen as part of normal test running, since each C unit
tests is dependent on the associate Python tests, so cannot run without
it.
To acheive this, add a new UT_TESTF_MANUAL flag to use with the C 'check'
tests, so that they can be skipped by default when the 'ut' command is
used. Require that tests have a name ending with '_norun', so that pytest
knows to skip them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is possible for a test to skip itself by returning -EAGAIN
but this is not recorded. An existing example is in test_pre_run() with
the "Console recording disabled" check.
Keep a track of skipped tests and report the total at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present we use symbols for the u-boot-spl entry, but this is not always
what we want. For example, sandbox actually jumps to a u-boot-spl-elf
entry, since sandbox executables are ELF files.
We already handle this with U-Boot by using the '-any' suffix. Add it for
SPL as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL().
Rename it to resolve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BCM6753 is essentially same as the main chip BCM6855 but with different
SKU number. Now that BCM6855 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6855, remove the original ARCH_BCM6753 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm96753ref board folder. It is replaced by the
generic bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 6753.dtsi setting to the new 6855.dtsi file. Update
96753ref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm96763ref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96855.h file.
- Delete bcm96753ref_ram_defconfig and use a basic config version of
bcm96855_defconfig
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6855 is a Broadcom ARM A7 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6855 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL101 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM6858 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6858, remove the original ARCH_BCM6858 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968580xref board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Update bcm968580xref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm968580xref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96858.h file.
- Remove bcm968580xref_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96858_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6858 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6858 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and the
original dts is updated with the one from linux next git repository.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM68360 is a variant within the BCM6856 chip family. Now that BCM6856
is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and CONFIG_BCM6856, remove the
original ARCH_BCM68360 support and migrate its configuration and dts
settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968360bg board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 68360.dtsi setting to the new 6856.dtsi file. Update board
dts with the new compatible string.
- Merge broadcom_bcm968360bg.h setting to the new bcm96856.h file.
- Remove bcm968360bg_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96856_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6856 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other Broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6856 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM63158 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM63158, remove the original ARCH_BCM63158 support and migrate
configuration settings.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63158 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
Broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM63158 chip
config and CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM4908 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added
under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux git repository so the dts and dtsi
files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM6813 is a Broadcom B53 based PON and WLAN AP router SoC. It is part
of the BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's
added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM4912 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts
and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63146 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63138 is an ARM A9 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory, ARM A9 global timer
and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
This patch applies on top of the my previous patch [1].
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2022-August/490570.html
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63148 is an Broadcom B15 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6756 is an ARM A7 based WLAN Gateway and Access Point Broadband SoC.
It is part of the BCA(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so
it's added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6878 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011
uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6846 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM63178 is an ARM A7 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
- simplefb rotation support
- support splash as raw image from MMC
- enhancements to Truetype console (multiple fonts and sizes)
- drop old LCD support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iGwEABECACwWIQSC4hxrSoIUVfFO0kRM6ATMmsalXAUCY17nfA4cYWd1c3RAZGVu
eC5kZQAKCRBM6ATMmsalXPPoAJ0UYyt3kwslUlAJhOC+KU9UlYnVuwCbBXIQyBua
K5clq+GyxXfaDl2Hnvc=
=XXVp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'video-20221030' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-video
- fix [hv]sync active vs back porch in dw_mipi_dsi
- simplefb rotation support
- support splash as raw image from MMC
- enhancements to Truetype console (multiple fonts and sizes)
- drop old LCD support
This option should not have the SYS_ in it. Drop it so it fits in with the
other video options.
Also simplify the alignment code in gunzip_bmp(), since malloc() always
returns a 32-bit-aligned pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not as simple as it seems. Add a function to provide it so that
the upcoming menu feature can space lines out correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new 'font' command which allows the fonts to be listed as well as
selecting a different font and size.
Allow the test to run on sandbox, where multiple font/size combinations
are supported, as well as sandbox_flattree, where they are not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to support multiple fonts. Add a function to
handle this as well as one to list the available fonts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generalise the video_clear() function to allow filling with a different
colour.
Tidy up the comments while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an exported function which allows the cursor position to be set to
pixel granularity. Make use of this in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these are attached to vidconsole which means that the video
uclass requires that a console is enabled. This is not the intention.
The colours are a reasonable way of indexing common colours in any case,
so move them to the video uclass instead.
Rename vid_console_color() to video_index_to_colour() now that it is more
generic. Also fix the inconsistent spelling in these functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When probing a device fails NULL pointer is returned, and following
devices in uclass list cannot be iterated. Skip to next device on error
instead.
With that the only condition under which these simple iteration
functions return error is when the dm is not initialized at uclass_get
time. This is not all that interesting, change return type to void.
Fixes: 6494d708bf ("dm: Add base driver model support")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
device_probe returns early when the device is already activated.
Add a note to the documentation that it can be used on already activated
devices.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
pci_find_first_device description says it can be used for iteration with
itself but it should really be with pci_find_next_device
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Remove prototype for the removed function fdt_fixup_nor_flash_size.
This patch has no impact as the function is never used.
Fixes: 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The GPMC is a unified memory controller dedicated for interfacing
with external memory devices like
- Asynchronous SRAM-like memories and ASICs
- Asynchronous, synchronous, and page mode burst NOR flash
- NAND flash
- Pseudo-SRAM devices
This driver will take care of setting up the GPMC based on
the settings specified in the Device tree and then
probe its children.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
OMAP3 BeagleBoard NAND boot hangs when spl_load_legacy_img() tries
to read the header into 'struct hdr' which is allocated on the
stack.
As the header has already been read once before by spl_nand.c,
we can avoid the extra header allocation and read here by
simply passing around the pointer to the header.
This fixes NAND boot on OMAP3 BeagleBoard.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-By: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
- nuvoton: add expire function for generic reset (Jim)
- handle watchdogs during keyed autoboot (Rasmus)
- cyclic: Don't disable cylic function upon exceeding CPU time (Stefan)
- ulp wdog: Updates to support iMX93 and DM (Alice)
Layerscape update
- support sysreset,
- de-select FSL_IFC when booting from SD
- disable unused parts of ICID tables
- reduce ns_dev size for csu
- enable dma snooping for ls104x
- nand driver fixups for ls1043ardb rev 7.0 boards.
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and
Verdin iMX8M Plus again:
- loadaddr=0x48200000 allows for 128MB area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images, kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 128MB - allows for 128MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB - allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB - allows for 512KB script
Memory layout taken from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout").
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Note that this corrects a pre-maturely applied version 2 of the same
patch set.
Fixes: bbe0089d29 ("verdin-imx8mm: verdin-imx8mp: update env memory layout")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
With the migration of the watchdog infrastructure to cyclic functions
it's been noticed, that at least one watchdog driver is broken now. As
the execution time of it's watchdog reset function is quite long.
In general it's not really necessary (right now) to disable the cyclic
function upon exceeding CPU time usage. So instead of disabling the
cylic function in this case, let's just print a warning once to show
this potential problem to the user.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In order to test that U-Boot actually maintains the watchdog device(s)
during long-running busy-loops, such as those where we wait for the
user to stop autoboot, we need a watchdog device that actually does
something during those loops; we cannot test that behaviour via the DM
test framework.
So introduce a relatively simple watchdog device which is simply based
on calling the host OS' alarm() function; that has the nice property
that a new call to alarm() simply sets a new deadline, and alarm(0)
cancels any existing alarm. These properties are precisely what we
need to implement start/reset/stop. We install our own handler so that
we get a known message printed if and when the watchdog fires, and by
just invoking that handler directly, we get expire_now for free.
The actual calls to the various OS functions (alarm, signal, raise)
need to be done in os.c, and since the driver code cannot get access
to the values of SIGALRM or SIG_DFL (that would require including a
host header, and that's only os.c which can do that), we cannot simply
do trivial wrappers for signal() and raise(), but instead create
specialized functions just for use by this driver.
Apart from enabling this driver for sandbox{,64}_defconfig, also
enable the wdt command which was useful for hand-testing this new
driver (especially with running u-boot under strace).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This patch defines a quirk to disable the block count
for single block transactions.
This is similar to Linux kernel commit d3fc5d71ac4d
("mmc: sdhci: add a quirk for single block transactions").
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The nor->addr_width tracks number of address bytes used in
read/program/erase ops and eventually set to 4 for >16MB chips, regardless
of flash's internal address mode. For Infineon SEMPER flash's, we use
Read/Write Any Register commands for configuration and status check.
These commands take 3- or 4-byte address depending on flash's internal
address mode.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In some cases, the param variable is wrong, and in other cases we have
undocumented arguments.
Fix the docs.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At the moment the QEMU boot sequence tries various (storage) devices
when trying to find a payload to boot.
To simplify starting a specific kernel and initrd, there is also the qfw
command, which can use the files specified on the QEMU command line, via
the -kernel and -initrd options.
Add this command to the list of boot options to try. Since users
specifying those options on the command line probably explicitly want
to run them, let's place the new command first. Without those options,
the qfw command will just gracefully fail, and we continue with the
existing order.
This allows auto-booting of specific kernels in QEMU, for instance in CI
systems.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add the handling of NC-SI ethernet frames, and add a check at the start
of net_loop() to configure NC-SI before starting other network commands.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
With sf update fixed to support unaligned start offset, use plain
sf update to update the bootloader in SPI NOR. This also helps
avoid the case where not enough SPI NOR has been erased and the
bootloader has been written to unerased area, and thus corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Apalis iMX6,
Colibri iMX6, Colibri iMX6ULL and Colibri iMX7:
- loadaddr=0x84200000 (resp. 0x14200000 on them i.MX 6) allows for 64MB
area for uncompressing (ie FIT images)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 64MB : allows for 64MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 512KB fdt
- pxefile_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB : allows for 512KB script
- ramdisk_addr_r = pxefile_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 1MB extlinux.conf
Memory layout analogous to 64-bit one from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout") but left pxefile_addr_r
updated according to doc/develop/distro.rst.
This fixes a potential issue caused by the compressed kernel being
relocated on top of the ramdisk causing its corruption.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
After commit 395110284b ("nitrogen6x: Populate FDTFILE at build-time
for all platforms") iMX.6Q Sabrelite fails to boot due to a bad fdtfile
string:
Retrieving file: /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb
** File not found /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb **
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE option is string typed, so __stringify() is
adding extra quotes. Remove this.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
... to avoid loosing characters when pasting text into the serial console.
This allows to remove the workaround to disable the vidconsole output
when no HDMI device is detected. This workaround only was there to speed-up
serial console processing.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
- dts update and sync for rk356x, rk3288, rk3399 from Linux;
- Add rk3399 EAIDK-610 board support;
- Update for puma-rk3399 board;
- some fix and typo fix in different drivers;
The first production revision of the MX8M Mini Menlo board implements
a hardware change which swaps console UART and another UART connector.
Implement the swap, which maps the console UART back to the way Verdin
console is mapped.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options or are not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
This contains various fixes (some long overdue) for the next release.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=H1Iz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'clk-2023.01' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-clk
Clock patches for 2023.01
This contains various fixes (some long overdue) for the next release.
Beside some rather unexciting sync of the DTs from the kernel tree, and
some Kconfig cleanup, there are some improvements for the ARMv5 Allwinner
family, to support boards with the F1C200s (64MB DRAM) better. We will
get actual board support as soon as the DTs have passed the Linux review
process.
There is also support for the X96 Mate TV Box, featuring the H616 SoC and
a full 4GB of DRAM.
Also we found the secret to enable SPI booting on the H616 (pin PC5 must
be pulled to GND), so the SPI boot support patch is now good to go.
Passed the gitlab CI, plus briefly tested on Pine64-LTS, LicheePi Nano,
X96 Mate and OrangePi Zero.
All functions getting and setting clock rate use ulong for rate, only
clk_get_parent_rate is an exception. Change the return value to match
other clock rate funcrions.
Most users directly assign the rate to unsigned long anyway, and the few
users that use u64 (not s64) multiply the rate so they may need the
extra bits for the result in their use case.
Fixes: 4aa78300a0 ("dm: clk: Define clk_get_parent_rate() for clk operations")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220928103757.11870-1-msuchanek@suse.de
The default load addresses for the various payloads (kernel, DT,
ramdisk) on systems with just 32MB of DRAM have some issues:
For a start the preceding comment doesn't match the actual values:
apparently they were copied from the 64MB S3 layout, then halved, but
since 0x5 is NOT the half of 0x10, they don't match up.
Also those projected maximum sizes are quite restrictive: it's not easy
to build a compressed kernel image with just 4MB. The only defconfig in
mainline Linux that supports the F1C100s (the only 32MB user so far)
creates a 6MB compressed / 15MB uncompressed kernel.
Rearrange the default load addresses to accommodate such a kernel: we
allow an 7MB/16MB kernel, and up to 5MB of ramdisk, stuffing the smaller
binaries like the DTB towards the end, just before the relocated U-Boot.
Shrink the size for DTB and scripts on the way, there is no need for
allowing up to 512K for them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Traditionally we assumed that every Allwinner board would come with at
least 256 MB of DRAM, and set our DRAM layout accordingly. This affected
both the default load addresses, but also U-Boot's own address
expectations (like being loaded at 160 MB).
Some SoCs come with co-packaged DRAM, but only provide 32 or 64MB. So
far we special-cased those *chips*, as there was only one chip per DRAM
size. However new chips force us to take a more general approach.
Introduce a Kconfig symbol, which provides the minimum DRAM size of the
board. If nothing else is specified, we use 256 MB, and default to
smaller values for those co-packaged SoCs.
Then select the different DRAM maps according to this new symbol, so
that different SoCs with the same DRAM size can share those definitions.
Inspired by an idea from Icenowy.
This is just refactoring: compiled for all boards before and after this
patch: the binaries were identical.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
DMA operations should function on DMA addresses, not virtual addresses.
Although these are usually the same in U-Boot, it is more correct
to be explicit with our types here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Update the devicetree files from the Linux kernel, version v6.0-rc4.
This is covering the 64-bit SoCs, from arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner.
This avoids the not backwards-compatible r_intc binding change, to allow
older kernels to boot, but the other nodes are updated.
Not much change here, the vast majority is actually cosmetic: node names
and using symbolic names for the the RTC clocks.
Some A64 boards gain some audio nodes.
The H616 DTs are now switched to the version finally merged into the
kernel, which brings some changes, but none affecting U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Update this function's comment and also the livetree documentation, so it
is clear when to use the function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _err variant iterators use the simple iterators without suffix as
basis.
However, there is no user that uclass_next_device_err for iteration,
many users of uclass_first_device_err use it to get the first and
(assumed) only device of an uclass, and a couple that use
uclass_next_device_err to get the device following a known device in the
uclass list.
While there are some truly singleton device classes in which more than
one device cannot exist these are quite rare, and most classes can have
multiple devices even if it is not the case on the SoC's EVB.
In a later patch the simple iterators will be updated to not stop on
error and return next device instead. With this in many cases the code
that expects the first device or an error if it fails to probe may get
the next device instead. Use the _check iterators as the basis of _err
iterators to preserve the old behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The return value is not used for anythig, and in a later patch the
behavior of the _err iterator will change in an incompatible way.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update pvblock_probe() to avoid using internal var:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
None of the values in this struct are larger than 256, so we can reduce
the members to u8s. This saves around 1K.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Loadfile2 code is installing two protocols on it's own handle
and uses efi_delete_handle() to clean it up on failure(s). However
commit 05c4c9e21a ("efi_loader: define internal implementations of
install/uninstallmultiple") prepares the ground for us to clean up
efi_delete_handle() used in favor of Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
While at it clean up the non needed void casts to (void *) on the
protolcol installation.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This function is already defined in spi.h but no implementation of it
currently exists in the tree. The implementation is based on the static
function spi_set_speed_mode(). The function prototype is modified so
that an success or error condition can be returned to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fix typo that was caused by the same feature being split in to 2 different
configuration options. Replace CONFIG_USBNET_DEVADDR with
CONFIG_USBNET_DEV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Ignacio Zamora <nachopitt@gmail.com>
Putting these definitions in a header will allow signatures to be
validated independently of bootm.
Signed-off-by: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In drivers usb/host/{ehci,ohci}-generic.c, {ehci,ohci}_setup_phy() and
{ehci,ohci}_shutdown_phy() shares 95% of common code.
Factorize this code in new generic_{setup,shudown}_phy() functions.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow avoiding using EFI_CALL() when closing a protocol by providing an
internal function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This function is only used inside efi_boottime.c and is not safe to use
outside of this context.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
- mtd: Update the function name to 'rfree'
- Support NAND ONFI EDO mode for imx8mn architecture
- dm: clk: add missing stub when CONFIG_CLK is deactivated
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=VPkV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-nand-20221009' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-nand-flash
- mtd: Update the function name to 'rfree'
- Support NAND ONFI EDO mode for imx8mn architecture
- dm: clk: add missing stub when CONFIG_CLK is deactivated
Since commit 8d38a8459b ("mtd: Rename free() to rfree()")
the function has been renamed to rfree(), so update the description
inside the mtd_oob_region structure as well.
Fixes: 8d38a8459b ("mtd: Rename free() to rfree()")
Reported-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add support for imx8mn architecture in order to run the NAND
in fast edo mode.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add missing stub for functions [devm_]clk_...() when CONFIG_CLK is
deactivated.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
In order to move ppc-specific code out of setup_dest_addr(), provide an
arch-specific variant arch_setup_dest_addr(), that can be used by
architecture code to fix up the initial reloc address.
It is called at the end of setup_dest_addr() initcall and the default
implementation is a nop stub.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
A following patch is cleaning up the core EFI code trying to remove
sequences of efi_create_handle, efi_add_protocol.
Although this works fine there's a problem with the latter since it is
usually combined with efi_delete_handle() which blindly removes all
protocols on a handle and deletes the handle. We should try to adhere to
the EFI spec which only deletes a handle if the last instance of a protocol
has been removed. Another problem is that efi_delete_handle() never checks
for opened protocols, but the EFI spec defines that the caller is
responsible for ensuring that there are no references to a protocol
interface that is going to be removed.
So let's fix this by replacing all callsites of
efi_create_handle(), efi_add_protocol() , efi_delete_handle() with
Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
In order to do that redefine functions that can be used by the U-Boot
proper internally and add '_ext' variants that will be used from the
EFI API
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Move the registration of events for the addition and removal of block
devices to the block device driver. Here we can add a reference to the
EFI Driver Binding protocol as context.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For handling added and removed block devices we need to register events
which has to be done when the driver is installed.
This patch only creates an empty init function that will be filled with
code later on. The function needs to be called before any EFI block devices
are used. Move the efi_driver_init() call to early init.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
DisconnectController() is based on the open protocol information created
when the driver opens a protocol with BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER or BY_DRIVER.
To create an open protocol information it is required to supply the handle
of the driver as agent handle. This information is available as field
DriverBindingHandle in the driver binding protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* Convert code comments in include/efi_driver.h to Sphinx style.
* Add include/efi_driver.h to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If creating the block device fails,
* delete all created objects and references
* close the protocol interface on the controller
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When deleting a device or a handle we must remove the link between the two
to avoid dangling references.
Provide function efi_unlink_dev() for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
These boards are out of maintenance and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For future DM based FPGA drivers and for now to have a meaningful
logging class for old FPGA drivers.
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <post@lespocky.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220930120430.42307-2-post@lespocky.de
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
At present ofnode_write_prop() is inconsistent between livetree and
flattree, in that livetree requires the caller to ensure the property
value is stable (e.g. in rodata or allocated) but flattree does not, since
it makes a copy.
This makes the API call a bit painful to use, since the caller must do
different things depending on OF_LIVE.
Add a new 'copy' argument which tells the function to make a copy if
needed. Add some tests to cover this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some ofnode functions can only operate on the default device tree, i.e.
U-Boot's control FDT. Add comments to that effect. Fix up the reference to
device tree bindings while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to be able to look up phandles in any FDT, not just the control
FDT. Use the 'other' FDT to test this, with a helper function which gets
this as an oftree that can then we used as needed.
Add a few more tests and some comments at the top of the file, to explain
what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the logic to redirect requests for the device tree through a function
which can look up the tree ID. This works by using the top bits of
ofnode.of_offset to encode a tree.
It is assumed that there will only be a few device trees used at runtime,
typically the control FDT (always tree ID 0) and possibly a separate FDT
to be passed the OS.
The maximum number of device trees supported at runtime is 8, with this
implementation. That would use bits 30:28 of the node-offset value,
meaning that the positive offset range is limited to bits 27:0, versus
30:1 with this feature disabled. That still allows a device tree of up
to 256MB, which should be enough for most FITs. Larger ones can be
supported by using external data with the FIT, or by enabling OF_LIVE.
Update the documentation a little and fix up the comment for
ofnode_valid().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present, unless OF_LIVE is enabled, ofnode only supports access to one
device tree, the control FDT. This is because only the node offset is
encoded in ofnode, with the tree being implicit.
This makes ofnode (without OF_LIVE) unsuitable for device tree fixups, as
implemented by ft_board_setup() and other such functions.
To solve this, we can use the top bits of the node offset to hold a tree
ID.
Add the definitions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function turns out to be a little confusing since it looks up a path
and also registers the tree. Split it into two, one that gets the root
node and one that looks up a path, so the purpose is clear.
Registering the tree will happen in a function to be added in a later
patch, called oftree_from_fdt().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we want to obtain an ofnode in the same tree as a different
ofnode, such as when looking up a subnode. At present this is trivial,
since there is only one tree. When there are multiple trees, this
implementation will change.
Also move the ofnode_to_offset() function up higher in the header file,
since we will need to provide a different implementation with multiple
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we have multiple trees, the ofnode logic needs to be told which one
to use. Create a new function which takes an oftree argument, along with
a helper to obtain the FDT pointer from an oftree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present dm_test_ofnode_root() does this manually. Add some inline
functions to handle it, so this code can be centralised.
Add oftree functions to produce a null tree and to check whether a tree
is valid or not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The flat device tree is assumed to be the control FDT but this is not
always the case. Update the ofnode implementation to obtain the node via
an function call so we can eventually add support for selecting different
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is only one device tree used by the ofnode functions,
except for some esoteric use of live tree. In preparation for supporting
more than one, add a way to reset the list of device trees.
For now this does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current tests do not cover all the behaviour. Add some more.
Tidy up a few inconsistencies between livetree and flattree which come to
light with these tests. Also drop the -ENODATA error since it is never
actually returned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation creates a 'name' value for every node. This
is not needed for the latest device tree format, which includes a name in
the node header.
Adjust the code to point the name at the node header instead.
Also simplify ofnode_get_name(), now that we can rely on it to set the
name correctly. Update the comment to make it clear what name the root
node has.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is quite unwieldy. Change it to use an ofprop_ prefix
and shorten it. Fix the return-value comment while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the function to mark it with the const attribute. Also avoid
calling it multiple times in the devfdt_get_addr_index() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test flag which indicates that the 'other' FDT should be set up
ready for use. Handle this by copying in the FDT, unflattening it for
livetree tests. Free the structures when the tests have run.
We cannot use the other FDT unless we are using live tree or
OFNODE_MULTI_TREE is enabled, since only one tree is supported by the
ofnode interface in that case. Add this condition into
ut_run_test_live_flat() and update the comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a way to copy over the 'other' FDT when running tests. This loads
it and allocates memory for the copy, if not done already, then does the
copy.
Avoid using U-Boot's malloc() pool for these copies, at least for now,
since they are part of the test system.
Tidy up the cpu.c header files while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was a workaround for a rare situation. Now that it will be more
common and we have a proper fix, drop the flag. We can run both types of
tests in the same sandbox executable, even if the flat device tree is
modified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the device tree changes during a test and we cannot restore it, mark
it as such so that future tests which need the live tree are skipped.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the flat device tree changes it can mess up the live tree since that
uses the flat tree for its strings. This affects only a few sandbox tests
which modify the device tree, but the number will grow as ofnode support
for writing improves.
While the control FDT is not intended to change while U-Boot is running,
some tests do so. For example, the ofnode interface only supports
modifying properties in the control FDT, so tests must use that.
To solve this problem, keep a copy of the FDT and restore it as needed
when the test is finished. The copy only happens on sandbox (except SPL
builds), to reduce memory usage and because these tests are not useful on
other boards. For other boards, a checksum is taken to ensure that nothing
changes.
It would be possible to always checksum the FDT on sandbox and only
restore it if needed, but this is slightly slower than restoring it every
time, at least with crc8.
Move the code which checks for success to the very end, for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we support writing to ofnodes, the const is not accurate. Drop
it to avoid undesirable casting.
Also drop the ofnode_to_npw() which is now the same as ofnode_to_np().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add this feature to the ofnode interface, supporting both livetree and
flattree. If the node exists it is returned, along with a -EEXIST error.
Update the functions it calls to handle this too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to test that out-of-memory checks work correctly in code
that calls malloc().
Add a simple way to force failure after a given number of malloc() calls.
Fix a header guard to avoid a build error on sandbox_vpl.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
At present the live tree tests are not run on sandbox. This bug is in two
parts, with a duplicate flag value and incorrect logic in the test runner.
This was not noticed because the bug was fixed in a later commit and does
not cause test failures.
Fix this.
Fixes: 7b1dfc9fd7 ("dm: core: Prepare for updating the device tree with ofnode")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function currently assumes that the control FDT is used. Update it
to allow a root node to be passed, so it can work with any tree.
Also add a comment to ofnode_get_by_phandle() so that its purpose is
clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present only one spy is allowed per event. Update the naming to allow
more than one, since some need this flexibility, e.g. the EVT_FT_FIXUP
event.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not needed and we should avoid typedefs. Use the struct instead
and rename it to indicate that it really is a legacy struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- SPL fixes for STM32F7 MCUs
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc4 for MCU's board
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc3 for MPU's board
- Update DDR node for STM32MP15
- Cleanup config file for STM32MP1
- Update for cmd_stm32key command
- Fix compatible string to add partitions for STM32MP1
- Update for stm32programmer tool
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=iA80
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220927' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm into next
- Increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for STM32 MCU's board
- SPL fixes for STM32F7 MCUs
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc4 for MCU's board
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc3 for MPU's board
- Update DDR node for STM32MP15
- Cleanup config file for STM32MP1
- Update for cmd_stm32key command
- Fix compatible string to add partitions for STM32MP1
- Update for stm32programmer tool
xilinx:
- Add support for new Versal NET SOC
zynqmp:
- Use mdio bus for ethernet phy description
- Wire ethernet phy reset via i2c-gpio
versal:
- Config cleanup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYzGwogAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
Ial4AJ9+4WHn0MV2X7gK1fyh4lUW7ggPhQCggsYlSoACgMgdji17SAPhCv/W3IA=
=BmA9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2023.01-rc1-v2' of https://gitlab.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze into next
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1 (round 2)
xilinx:
- Add support for new Versal NET SOC
zynqmp:
- Use mdio bus for ethernet phy description
- Wire ethernet phy reset via i2c-gpio
versal:
- Config cleanup
By pressing "c" key during SPL execution, we force U-boot execution
instead of a kernel XIP image.
This fixes a hard fault when booting stm32f746-disco in SPL with "c"
key pressed during SPL execution.
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5-00009-g40d02baa91 (Sep 20 2022 - 17:21:21 +0200)
Trying to boot from XIP
Hard fault
pc : 080083fc lr : 08000d1b xPSR : 21000000
r12 : 2004f108 r3 : 080083fd r2 : 00000028
r1 : 2004f0c8 r0 : 2004f0e4
Resetting CPU ...
This is due to SYS_UBOOT_START flag set to 0x080083FD which is not correct.
If unset, SYS_UBOOT_START is set by default to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
which match with our requirement.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Versal NET platform is based on Versal chip which is reusing a lot of IPs.
For more information about new IPs please take a look at DT which describe
currently supported devices.
The patch is adding architecture and board support with soc detection
algorithm. Generic setting should be very similar to Versal but it will
likely diverge in longer run.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/320206853dc370ce290a4e7b6d0bb26b05206021.1663589964.git.michal.simek@amd.com
In preparation for sharing the emulation code between two drivers, move
some of the fields into a new struct. Use a separate header file so it
can be used by various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Like in all other console functions, implement also serial_flush() function
as a fallback int console flush() function.
Flush support is available only when config option CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT is
enabled. So when it is disabled then provides just empty static inline
function serial_flush().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On certain places it is required to flush output print buffers to ensure
that text strings were sent to console or serial devices. For example when
printing message that U-Boot is going to boot kernel or when U-Boot is
going to change baudrate of terminal device.
Therefore introduce a new flush() and fflush() functions into console code.
These functions will call .flush callback of associated stdio_dev device.
As this function may increase U-Boot side, allow to compile U-Boot without
this function. For this purpose there is a new config CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT
which is enabled by default and can be disabled. It is a good idea to have
this option enabled for all boards which have enough space for it.
When option is disabled when U-Boot defines just empty static inline
function fflush() to avoid ifdefs in other code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
changed type of ram_top member from ulong to phys_addr_t but did not
changed types in board_get_usable_ram_top() function which returns value
for ram_top.
So change ulong to phys_addr_t type also in board_get_usable_ram_top()
signature and implementations.
Fixes: 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds clock driver support for MediaTek MT7981 SoC
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds clock driver support for MediaTek MT7986 SoC
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a pinctrl header for common pinconf parameters such as
pull-up/pull-down resistors and drive strengths.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds general board files based on MT7981 SoCs.
MT7981 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC, and the
pins of mmc controller are also shared with spi controller.
So three configs are need for these boot types:
1. mt7981_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND
2. mt7981_emmc_rfb_defconfig - eMMC only
3. mt7981_sd_rfb_defconfig - SD only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Add general board files based on MT7986 SoCs.
MT7986 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC.
Both MT7986A and MT7986B use the same pins for spi controller.
Configs for various boot types:
1. mt7986_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND for MT7986A/B
2. mt7986a_bpir3_emmc_defconfig - eMMC for MT7986A only
3. mt7986a_bpir3_sd_defconfig - SD for MT7986A only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Remove the unnecessary comment after the CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
migration to Kconfig.
Fixes: c45568cc4e ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This driver is not used by any system and is long unmaintained, drop it.
There is a DWC2 OTG driver which is maintained, see CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DWC2_OTG .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and
Verdin iMX8M Plus:
- loadaddr=0x48280000 allows for 128.5MB area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images, kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 127.5MB : allows for 127.5MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB : allows for 512KB script
Memory layout taken from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout") but moved loadaddr by an
additional 0.5MB to avoid "Moving Image from 0x48200000 to 0x48280000"
during booti plus actually defining kernel_comp_size to make booti work.
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Erase the entire U-Boot area during U-Boot update instead of just
a subset of it. This way, in case u-boot-with-spl.imx grows, the
sf write won't write over non-erased part of the SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The i.MXRT11 series has different offsets for IOCR_MUX, it also can
address 64MiB of SDRAM so add a macro for that.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Remove some now unused macros and #ifdef's.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Now that we've globally replaced all WATCHDOG_RESET occurances, let's
remove the ugly macro itself in the header.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Only one occurance of WATCHDOG_RESET is left in one assembler file.
This patch changes this occurance to a direct call to watchdog_reset
and then removes all the ASSEMBLY ifdef'ery in watchdog.h, as it's not
needed any more to clean this mess a bit up.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Globally replace all occurances of WATCHDOG_RESET() with schedule(),
which handles the HW_WATCHDOG functionality and the cyclic
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
This patch introduces a schedule() function, which shall be used instead
of the old WATCHDOG_RESET. Follow-up patches will make sure, that this
new function is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
We currently have an if_type (interface type) and a uclass id. These are
closely related and we don't need to have both.
Drop the if_type values and use the uclass ones instead.
Maintain the existing, subtle, one-way conversion between UCLASS_USB and
UCLASS_MASS_STORAGE for now, and add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This doesn't seem to be used for anything and it isn't clear what it is.
It dates from the first U-Boot commit.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is fact really related to SPL. For U-Boot proper we always use
driver model for block devices, so CONFIG_BLK is enabled if block devices
are in use.
It is only for SPL that we have two cases:
- SPL_BLK is enabled, in which case we use driver model and blk-uclass.c
- SPL_BLK is not enabled, in which case (if we need block devices) we must
use blk_legacy.c
Rename the symbol to SPL_LEGACY_BLOCK to make this clear. This is
different enough from BLK and SPL_BLK that there should be no confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to indicate when block devices are
available.
This is a very strange option, since it partially duplicates the BLK
option used by driver model. It also covers both U-Boot proper and SPL,
even though one might have block devices and another not.
As a first step towards correcting this, create a new inline function
called blk_enabled() which indicates if block devices are available.
This cannot be used in Makefiles, or #if clauses, but can be used in C
code.
A function is useful because we cannot use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BLK) to
decide if block devices are needed, since we must consider the legacy
block interface, enabled by HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE
Update a few places where it can be used and drop some unnecessary #if
checks around some functions in disk/part.c - rely on the compiler's
dead-code elimination instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* Drop legacy /boot/PPTImage.md5 check
* Update device tree naming
* Update t30args#0 root cmd line property to support latest kernel
versions (root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 for linux < 4 and
root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 for linux >= 4)
* Add custom bootloader version string
* Destroy invalid dtb at ${dtbaddr} and configuration script at
${cfgaddr} to ensure proper boot in warm restart case.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Commit 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
destroys the boot targets b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1. The reason behind
this is, that b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1 both load the for booting
needed device trees from mmc and the cfgscr script patches those. Because
of this, cfgscr is not allowed to destroy the previously loaded device
tree otherwise cfgscr will fail.
This patch moves the device trees invalidation on warm restart to the
PREBOOT cmd to fix that issue.
Fixes: 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
The SPI and NAND board variants never went into production.
Drop those board variants.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
This allows to test if a pin's label if displayed using gpio_get_status()
when this pin is configured in alternate function.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This change defines resources for OP-TEE service drivers to register
themselves for being bound to when OP-TEE firmware reports the related
service is supported. OP-TEE services are discovered during optee
driver probe sequence which mandates optee driver is always probe once
bound.
Discovery of optee services and binding to related U-Boot drivers is
embedded upon configuration switch CONFIG_OPTEE_SERVICE_DISCOVERY.
Cc: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add functions to read 8/16-bit integers like the existing functions for
32/64-bit to simplify read of 8/16-bit integers from device tree
properties.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UEFI:
Implement a command eficonfig to maintain Load Options and boot order via
menus.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=P89S
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-next-2022-09-14' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi into next
Pull request for efi next
UEFI:
Implement a command eficonfig to maintain Load Options and boot order via
menus.
Remove all but a few that are difficult, relying on legacy CONFIG options
or optional global_data fields.
Drop the duplicate function name in the comment for boot_get_cmdline().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UEFI specification requires booting from removal media using
a architecture-specific default image name such as BOOTAA64.EFI.
This commit adds the removable media entries into bootmenu,
so that user can select the removable media and boot with
default image.
The bootmenu automatically enumerates the possible bootable
media devices supporting EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL,
add it as new UEFI boot option(BOOT####) and update BootOrder
variable. This automatically generated UEFI boot option
has the dedicated guid in the optional_data to distinguish it from
the UEFI boot option user adds manually. This optional_data is
removed when the efi bootmgr loads the selected UEFI boot option.
This commit also provides the BOOT#### variable maintenance feature.
Depending on the system hardware setup, some devices
may not exist at a later system boot, so bootmenu checks the
available device in each bootmenu invocation and automatically
removes the BOOT#### variable corrensponding to the non-existent
media device.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This is preparation to support menu-driven UEFI BootOrder
variable updated by KEY_PLUS, KEY_MINUS and KEY_SPACE.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to edit the existing
BOOT#### variable contents.
User selects the item from the boot option list, then
user can edit the description, file path and optional_data.
Note that automatically generated boot option entry by bootmenu
to support the removable media device is filtered out and user
can not edit the automatically generated entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit add the "eficonfig" command.
The "eficonfig" command implements the menu-driven UEFI boot option
maintenance feature. This commit implements the addition of
new boot option. User can select the block device volume having
efi_simple_file_system_protocol and select the file corresponding
to the Boot#### variable. User can also enter the description and
optional_data of the BOOT#### variable in utf8.
This commit adds "include/efi_config.h", it contains the common
definition to be used from other menus such as UEFI Secure Boot
key management.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This patch integrates the main function responsible for calling all
registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the common WATCHDOG_RESET
macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is executed very often, which
is necessary for the cyclic functions to get scheduled and executed at
their configured periods.
If CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not enabled, only cyclic_run() without calling
watchdog_reset(). This guarantees that the cyclic functionality does not
rely on CONFIG_WATCHDOG being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the basic infrastructure to periodically execute code, e.g. all
100ms. Examples for such functions might be LED blinking etc. The
functions that are hooked into this cyclic list should be small timewise
as otherwise the execution of the other code that relies on a high
frequent polling (e.g. UART rx char ready check) might be delayed too
much. This patch also adds the Kconfig option
CONFIG_CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US, which configures the max allowed time
for such a cyclic function. If it's execution time exceeds this time,
this cyclic function will get removed from the cyclic list.
How is this cyclic functionality executed?
The following patch integrates the main function responsible for
calling all registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the
common WATCHDOG_RESET macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is
executed very often, which is necessary for the cyclic functions to
get scheduled and executed at their configured periods.
This cyclic infrastructure will be used by a board specific function on
the NIC23 MIPS Octeon board, which needs to check periodically, if a
PCIe FLR has occurred.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using us times it makes sense to use 64bit variables for storage.
The currently implemented time_after() and friends functions only handle
32bit variables. This patch now includes the 64bit variants as well
from Linux. This will be used by the upcoming generic cyclic function
infrastructure.
These macros were copied from include/linux/jiffies.h of Linux 5.18.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds support for the dirmap API to the spi-nor subsystem, as
introduced in Linux commit df5c21002cf4 ("mtd: spi-nor: use
spi-mem dirmap API").
This patch is synchronize from the following patch
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210205043924.149504-4-seanga2@gmail.com/
The corresponding Linux kernel SHA1 is df5c21002cf4.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
This adds the dirmap API originally introduced in
Linux commit aa167f3fed0c
("spi: spi-mem: Add a new API to support direct mapping").
This also includes several follow-up patches and fixes.
Changes from Linux include:
* Added Kconfig option
* Changed struct device to struct udevice
* Changed struct spi_mem to struct spi_slave
This patch is obtained from the following patch
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210205043924.149504-3-seanga2@gmail.com/
The corresponding Linux kernel SHA1 is aa167f3fed0c.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add bdinfo_print_size() helper to display size variables (such as cache
sizes) in bdinfo format. The size is printed as "xxx Bytes", "xxx KiB",
"xxx MiB", "xxx GiB", etc as needed;
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Liu <jason.hui.liu@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220829170205.1274484-3-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
These macros are not used anymore in microblaze code since commit
f113d7d303 ("Convert CONFIG_SPL_STACK to Kconfig"), so remove them.
Fixes: f113d7d303 ("Convert CONFIG_SPL_STACK to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220829170205.1274484-1-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
$fdt_addr is mandatory for systems which provides DTB in HW (e.g. ROM) and
wishes to pass that DTB to Linux.
Turris Mox contains DTB binary in SPI NOR memory at "dtb" partition which
starts at offset 0x7f0000 and is 0x10000 bytes long.
Armada 3700 CPU does not allow mapping SPI NOR memory into physical address
space like on other architectures and therefore set $fdt_addr variable to
memory range in RAM and loads this DTB binary from SPI NOR in misc_init_r()
function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A recurring theme on LKML is the boot process deadlocking due to some
process blocking waiting for random numbers, while the kernel's
Cryptographic Random Number Generator (crng) is not initalized yet,
but that very blocking means no activity happens that would generate
the entropy necessary to finalize seeding the crng.
This is not a problem on boards that have a good hwrng (when the
kernel is configured to trust it), whether in the CPU or in a TPM or
elsewhere. However, that's far from all boards out there. Moreover,
there are consumers in the kernel that try to obtain random numbers
very early, before the kernel has had any chance to initialize any
hwrng or other peripherals.
Allow a board to provide a board_rng_seed() function, which is
responsible for providing a value to be put into the rng-seed property
under the /chosen node.
The board code is responsible for how to actually obtain those
bytes.
- One possibility is for the board to load a seed "file" from
somewhere (it need not be a file in a filesystem of course), and
then ensure that that the same seed file does not get used on
subsequent boots.
* One way to do that is to delete the file, or otherwise mark it as
invalid, then rely on userspace to create a new one, and living
with the possibility of not finding a seed file during some boots.
* Another is to use the scheme used by systemd-boot and create a new
seed file immediately, but in a way that the seed passed to the
kernel and the new (i.e. next) seed cannot be deduced from each
other, see the explanation at
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190929090512.GB13049@gardel-login/
and the current code at
https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/main/src/boot/efi/random-seed.c
- The board may have an hwrng from which some bytes can be read; while
the kernel can also do that, doing it in U-Boot and providing a seed
ensures that even very early users in the kernel get good random
numbers.
- If the board has a sensor of some sort (temperature, humidity, GPS,
RTC, whatever), mixing in a reading of that doesn't hurt.
- etc. etc.
These can of course be combined.
The rng-seed property is mixed into the pool used by the linux
kernel's CRNG very early during boot. Whether it then actually
contributes towards the kernel considering the CRNG initialized
depends on whether the kernel has been configured with
CONFIG_RANDOM_TRUST_BOOTLOADER (nowadays overridable via the
random.trust_bootloader command line option). But that's for the BSP
developer to ultimately decide.
So, if the board needs to have all that logic, why not also just have
it do the actual population of /chosen/rng-seed in ft_board_setup(),
which is not that many extra lines of code?
I considered that, but decided handling this logically belongs in
fdt_chosen(). Also, apart from saving the board code from the few
lines of boilerplate, doing it in ft_board_setup() is too late for at
least some use cases. For example, I want to allow the board logic to
decide
ok, let's pass back this buffer and use that as seed, but also let's
set random.trust_bootloader=n so no entropy is credited.
This requires the rng-seed handling to happen before bootargs
handling. For example, during the very first boot, the board might not
have a proper seed file, but the board could still return (a hash of)
some CPU serial# or whatnot, so that at least no two boards ever get
the same seed - the kernel always mixes in the value passed in
rng-seed, but if it is not "trusted", the kernel would still go
through the same motions as it would if no rng-seed was passed before
considering its CRNG initialized. I.e., by returning that
unique-to-this-board value and setting random.trust_bootloader=n, the
board would be no worse off than if board_rng_seed() returned nothing
at all.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
We can use efi_st_get_config_table() in multiple unit tests.
Export the function.
Export system-table and boot-services.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- remove test on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR in stm32mp1 board
and enable CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR for stm32f769-disco
- handle ck_usbo_48m clock provided by USBPHYC to fix the command 'usb start'
after alignment with Linux kernel v5.19 DT (clocks = <&usbphyc>)
- Fix SYS_HZ_CLOCK value for stih410-b2260 board
- Switch STMM32MP15x DHSOM to FMC2 EBI driver
- Remove hwlocks from pinctrl in STM32MP15x to avoid issue with kernel
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEE56Yx6b9SnloYCWtD4rK92eCqk3UFAmMZoW4ACgkQ4rK92eCq
k3W2MAgAsmy2aSlMYo/AGlJ/KCrZuk6OirNHtdOdacvbcdUUbpkNpBSjdkrRm2If
VUnY1utIIJe6gFgnBUxXJ3RF5FZuhkdawc6V25HtDp6H3WamzJknKs5Vc4TlKp59
hZCOto7/+G/cd2XLdCKFUBl+new1pdDPsEm56+57DeZ7QGAQRX35PUQ5+HBjQJ/N
n/wJgS6wkEdIQLLwmCVxbHUkC+pRotTza5F2A0qZJgYPMcMpVFYKtzIa4GbWB5YS
MKGHbM8f3C8RLPQaHHTRycoA2Yor1I52B4Oi7605c5zHQr9pjrgtWsernDzkIhsB
ThYHSYQBUBTY4HBfzFwzCkVGqqLWNg==
=PMFY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220907' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm
- simplify the STM32MP15x package parsing code
- remove test on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR in stm32mp1 board
and enable CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR for stm32f769-disco
- handle ck_usbo_48m clock provided by USBPHYC to fix the command 'usb start'
after alignment with Linux kernel v5.19 DT (clocks = <&usbphyc>)
- Fix SYS_HZ_CLOCK value for stih410-b2260 board
- Switch STMM32MP15x DHSOM to FMC2 EBI driver
- Remove hwlocks from pinctrl in STM32MP15x to avoid issue with kernel
Several different firmware users have repetitive code to extract the
firmware data from a FIT. Add some helper functions to reduce the amount
of repetition. fit_conf_get_prop_node (eventually) calls
fdt_check_node_offset_, so we can avoid an explicit if. In general, this
version avoids printing on error because the callers are typically
library functions, and because the FIT code generally has (debug)
prints of its own. One difference in these helpers is that they use
fit_image_get_data_and_size instead of fit_image_get_data, as the former
handles external data correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Correctly calculate offsets between SPL and proper U-Boot when new config
option CONFIG_FSL_PREPBL_ESDHC_BOOT_SECTOR for generating eSDHC boot sector
is enabled. Otherwise SPL would not be able to boot proper U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
All *boot env commands overrides default boot source location via i2c.
After board reset without power off, BootROM then starts booting U-Boot
from this specified location instead of the default one.
Add new env command defboot which reverts boot location to the default
value, which in most cases is configurable by HW DIP switches.
And add new env commands norlowerboot, norupperboot, sd2boot to boot from
other locations. norlowerboot would instruct BootROM to boot from lower NOR
bank, norupperboot from upper NOR bank and sd2boot from SD card with
alternative configuration.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
SYS_HZ_CLOCK was wrongly set to 1GHz whereas it's set to 750MHz
by default by bootrom.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Szymaszek <gszymaszek@short.pl>
This commit sychronizes the header file for FU740 PRCI clocks with the
one from Linux 5.19.
The constant values are the same, but all constant names are changed
(most are just prefixed with FU740_).
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The frequency of the system counter is static which is given by the
COUNTER_FREQUENCY option. Remove COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add an option to tell the TPM to commit non-volatile data immediately it
is changed, rather than waiting until later. This is needed in some
situations, since if the device reboots it may not write the data.
Add definitions for the rest of the Cr50 commands while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add a vendor-specific TPM2 command for this and implement it for Cr50.
Note: This is not part of the TPM spec, but is a Cr50 extension.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
It is useful to read information about the current TPM state, where
supported, e.g. for debugging purposes when verified boot fails.
Add support for this to the TPM interface as well as Cr50. Add a simple
sandbox test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This feature is used for measured boot, so we can add a log entry to the
TCPA with some information about where the digest comes from. It is not
currently supported in the TPM drivers, but add it to the API so that
code which expects it can signal its request.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Display the EBBRv2.0 conformance in the ECPT table.
The EBBRv2.0 conformance profile is set in the ECPT if
CONFIG_EFI_EBBR_2_0_CONFORMANCE=y.
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Add dependencies for CONFIG_EFI_EBBR_2_0_CONFORMANCE.
Enable the setting by default.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The ECPT table will be included in the UEFI specification 2.9+.
The ECPT table was introduced in UEFI following the code-first path. The
acceptance ticket can be viewed at:
https://bugzilla.tianocore.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3591
The Conformance Profiles table is a UEFI configuration table that contains
GUID of the UEFI profiles that the UEFI implementation conforms with.
The ECPT table is created when CONFIG_EFI_ECPT=y.
The config is set by default.
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Some tests can have race conditions which are hard to detect on a single
one. Add a way to run tests more than once, to help with this.
Each individual test is run the requested number of times before moving
to the next test. If any runs failed, a message is shown.
This is most useful when running a single test, since running all tests
multiple times can take a while.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Try to load required DTB overlays if the board supports extensions and
CONFIG_CMD_EXTENSION is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
This converts CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 to Kconfig.
For omap2 and mvebu the 'select SYS_L2_PL310' locations were
determined using ./tools/moveconfig -i CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310.
For mx6 I manually chose ARCH_MX6 as 'select' location. The
correctness has been verified using
$ ./tools/moveconfig.py -f ARCH_MX6 ~SYS_L2_PL310 ~SYS_L2CACHE_OFF
0 matches
That means whenever an ARCH_MX6 board had SYS_L2_PL310 disabled, this
was correctly reflected in SYS_L2CACHE_OFF. Thus it's safe to insert
the 'select' statement under ARCH_MX6.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
This removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LDI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_BUS_NUM
They are unused by any code in tree at this time.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_CCID
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_NXID
CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_BUS_NUM
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Only probed block devices are available in the UEFI sub-system. Multiple
block devices may be involved in the boot process. So we have to make sure
that all block devices are probed. Another reason is that we store UEFI
variables on the ESP which may be on any block device.
On the sandbox before the patch:
=> efidebug devices
No EFI system partition
Device Device Path
================ ====================
000000001b027c70 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
000055d078bc1ae0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Uart(0,0,D,D)
000000001b22e0b0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/MAC(020011223344,1)
After the patch:
=> efidebug devices
No EFI system partition
Device Device Path
================ ====================
000000001b027c70 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
000055bdac8ddae0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Uart(0,0,D,D)
000000001b230920 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(2)/SD(0)
000000001b233ac0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)
000000001b233b80 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)/HD(1,GPT,d0a914ee-a71c-fc1e-73f0-7e302b0e6c20,0x30,0x1)
000000001b234110 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)/HD(2,GPT,9330a0ea-8aff-f67a-294c-fa05d60896c3,0x31,0x1)
000000001b22f0e0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(0)/SD(2)
000000001b238df0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/MAC(020011223344,1)
Fixes: a9bf024b29 ("efi_loader: disk: a helper function to create efi_disk objects from udevice")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
I do not have any non-serial output devices, so a
print_pre_console_buffer(PRE_CONSOLE_FLUSHPOINT2_EVERYTHING_BUT_SERIAL)
does nothing for me.
However, I was manually inspected the pre-console buffer using md.b,
and I noticed that the early part of it was repeated. The reason is
that the first call of print_pre_console_buffer(), from
console_init_f(), ends up invoking puts() with the contents of the
buffer at that point, and puts() at that point ends up in the else
branch of
if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_DEVINIT) {
/* Send to the standard output */
fputs(stdout, s);
} else {
/* Send directly to the handler */
pre_console_puts(s);
serial_puts(s);
}
so indeed the contents is added again.
That can be somewhat confusing (both when reading the buffer manually,
but also if it did actually come out on some device). So disable all
use of the pre-console buffer while print_pre_console_buffer() is
emitting it.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some UBI partitions may use non-standard UBI header offset. For attaching
these UBI partitions it is required to pass second argument with offset to
"ubi part" command.
Therefore extend distroboot to allow specifying additional optional 6th
argument with UBI header offset. This offset is set in new distroboot
variable ${bootubioff} which may be used by distroboot script to e.g.
properly pass this value to linux kernel command line for proper mounting
of rootfs by kernel. This variable is set to empty string (cleared) when
UBI header offset is not specified into distroboot BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES
macro.
Usage of helper macro BOOTENV_DEV_UBIFS_BOOTUBIOFF in this change is there
as a type check. It ensures that in BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES macro was specified
UBIFS func with either 5 or 6 arguments. If not then cpp throws compile
error.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Re-sync again on some linux part, add some fixes for fsl_elbc from
Pali and switch
imx8mn bsh to use nand base ident
For nand subsystem tested on:
- imx8mn Macronix MX30LF4G18AC
- P2020 based board Turris 1.1 for fsl_elbc
Just enabling the Kconfig option for DM_ETH and DM_MDIO is enough.
Additionally, we can remove the old hardcoded config.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If something is wrong with the environment, we cannot rely on a proper
u-boot operation anymore. In fact, it is possible, that we never reach
misc_init_r() with a broken environment.
Also don't enable the netconsole by environment settings. This way the
user don't have to reconfigure the environment. Instead the network
console is only enabled when the push button is pressed during boot.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the common kernel_addr_r, ramdisk_addr_r and fdt_addr_r variable
names.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We can load the ramdisk as the last step. This way we don't have to set
the intermediate variable 'ramdisk_len' and can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Drop our own CONFIG_FDTFILE handling in favor of the generic
CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE one.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add distro boot to board include file and deconfig file
- Miscellaneous changes:
- Remove Gerald from maintainer list (email bounced)
- Add CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS and friends to support legacy
kernel method of booting (e.g. OpenWrt) with appended DTB.
- Add CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG to reduce binary size.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220807192709.21717-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
mbus driver is initialized from arch_cpu_init() callback which is called
before relocation. This driver stores lot of functions and structure
pointers into global variables, so it is data position dependent.
Therefore after relocations all pointers are invalid and driver does not
work anymore as all pointers referes to the old memory, which overlaps with
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR and ${loadaddr}.
For example U-Boot fuse command crashes if loadaddr memory is cleared or
rewritten by some image loaded by U-Boot load command.
mw.w ${loadaddr} 0x0 10000
fuse read 0 1 2
Fix this issue by removing of all mbus global variables in which are stored
pointers to structures or functions which changes during relocation. And
replace it by direct function calls (not via pointers). With this change
fuse command finally works.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add distro boot to board include file and deconfig file
- Miscellaneous changes:
- Add CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS and friends to support legacy
kernel method of booting (e.g. OpenWrt) with appended DTB.
- Add CONFIG_LTO and CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG, and disable some
unused configs to reduce binary size.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220807192709.21717-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
binman clean-up of compression and addition of utilities
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFFBAABCgAvFiEEslwAIq+Gp8wWVbYnfxc6PpAIreYFAmMBd6MRHHNqZ0BjaHJv
bWl1bS5vcmcACgkQfxc6PpAIreau9wf/YQD9GsZh1HrgG5EGfaMN+NV4rGkSywZX
8AxKCscTiLVtCzUlYOEZ3mFRpli9RJ5H9eWvwcOx8GyyHkvsIdGlzdvG4PZSLd/T
bOqqtkAZxEDi0ZzQAd0bqKQ9D2ujPbatmElhBNMxyMap+Jkww7LDJvIpCKXSsGEN
881a+CafAQfYICw9TtlVLzn+WirLiIXtWMxmCuZH3hrxFVjU6T1vxoyMPIBIEzkt
SMAxRRvzjLwmYEajlDlAFwykcHJCdGbCyyoBQg1OYEIl/XZYyEN2IzdiiJFzAxn+
QA4ctAQk4gASnZfoSzTWgbeyLZqqYy8j0+z+wZaF/+dp/veZWQBLlg==
=Kn1x
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dm-pull-20aug22' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm
binman fixes for various things
binman clean-up of compression and addition of utilities
Upstream linux commit 7bb427990ee364.
Rename the function to match this new behavior.
NOTE: fix nand_detect/nand_get_flash_type parameters in
mxs_nand_spl. This code seems never executed by any board
as alternative for nand detect
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 4722c0e958e636.
The returned "type" is never used in nand_scan_ident() and spl code
Make nand_get_flash_type() simply return an integer value in order
to avoid unnecessary ERR_PTR/PTR_ERR dance.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 8cfb9ab68f9070.
Drop the 's' at the end of nand_manufacturers since the struct is actually
describing a single manufacturer, not a manufacturer table.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
The kmtegr1 board is out of maintenance and can be removed. As it is the
only board in the tree using MPC8309 the support for this CPU is dropped
completely.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
This board is missing migration to CONFIG_DM, which had a deadline of
v2020.01, which is now more than 2 years passed due. Remove it.
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we are about to enable DM_ETH by default, remove legacy code.
Cc: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have been orphaned for some time and are behind on various
DM migrations. Remove them.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Cc: Tetsuyuki Kobayashi <koba@kmckk.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is not converted to use CONFIG_DM, well passed the migration
deadline. Remove it.
Cc: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
bootstage_mark() and bootstate_error() are not recording any name and in
report it is showing as id=<value>. That's not useful and it is better to
show function name which calls it.
That's why use macros with passing __func__ as recorded name for bootstage.
Origin report looks like this:
ZynqMP> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (10 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
2,482,383 2,482,383 board_init_f
4,278,821 1,796,438 board_init_r
4,825,331 546,510 id=64
4,858,409 33,078 id=65
4,862,382 3,973 main_loop
4,921,713 59,331 usb_start
9,345,345 4,423,632 id=175
When this patch is applied.
ZynqMP> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (31 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
2,465,624 2,465,624 board_init_f
4,278,628 1,813,004 board_init_r
4,825,139 546,511 eth_common_init
4,858,228 33,089 eth_initialize
4,862,201 3,973 main_loop
4,921,530 59,329 usb_start
8,885,334 3,963,804 cli_loop
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions are not needed anymore since we now have logic which can
output to the console if logging is disabled. Drop the declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Makes it easier to add readable GPIO definitions in DTS files
for Aspeed SOC based boards.
Ported with small edits to add IBM copyright statement and fix
for checkpatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Dhananjay Phadke <dphadke@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
The LS1043ARDB rev v7.0 board replaces the AQR105 PHY on MAC9 with an
AQR113C PHY. The address of the PHY on the MDIO bus changes from 0x1 to
0x8. Enable CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP and update both u-boot and Linux device
trees to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
This is a preparation patch to provide the unified method
to access udevice pointer associated with the EFI handle
by adding udevice pointer into struct efi_object.
The patch also introduces a helper function efi_link_dev()
to link the udevice and EFI handle.
The EFI handles of both EFI block io driver implemented in
lib/efi_loader/efi_disk.c and EFI block io driver implemented
as EFI payload can access the udevice pointer in the struct efi_object.
We can use this udevice pointer to get the U-Boot friendly
block device name(e.g. mmc 0:1, nvme 0:1) through EFI handle.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This driver has not been converted to DM_ETH. The migration deadline
passed 2 years ago.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: David Feng <fenghua@phytium.com.cn>
Cc: Liviu Dudau <liviu.dudau@foss.arm.com>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FSL_NGPIXIS
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QMAN_V3
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RAID_ENGINE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RMU
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRIO_LIODN
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB1_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB2_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB_DUAL_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB_INTERNAL_UTMI_PHY
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
And we remove the entries from the README for a number of already
converted items.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present there is a confusing array of functions that handle the
device tree fix-ups needed for booting an OS. We should be able to switch
to using events to clean this up.
As a first step, create a new event type and call it from the standard
place.
Note that this event uses the ofnode interface only, since this can
support live tree which is more efficient when making lots of updates.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This creates static records at present, but it causes a problem with clang
and LTO: the linker list records are sometimes dropped from the image.
Fix this by making the records global.
Update to use __used while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Typically we want to find and use global bootmeths first, since they have
the best idea of how the system should boot. We then use normal bootmeths
as a fallback.
Add the logic for this, putting global bootmeths at the end of the
ordering. We can then easily scan the global bootmeths first, then drop
them from the list for subsequent bootdev-centric scans.
This changes the ordering of global bootmeths, so update the
bootflow_system() accordingly.
Drop the comment from bootmeth_setup_iter_order() since this is an
exported function and it should be in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for handling this concept in bootflows. Update the 'bootflow'
command to allow only the normal bootmeths to be used. This alllows
skipping EFI bootmgr and VBE, for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current way of handling things like EFI bootmgr is a bit odd, since
that bootmeth handles selection of the bootdev itself. VBE needs to work
the same way, so we should support it properly.
Add a flag that indicates that the bootmeth is global, rather than being
invoked on each bootdev. Provide a helper to read a bootflow from the
bootmeth.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some bootmeths can provide information about what is available to boot.
For example, VBE simple provides access to the firmware state.
Add a new method for this, along with a sandbox test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In generally it is not permitted to implement an ofnode function only for
flat tree or live tree. Both must be supported. Also the code for
live tree access should be in of_access.c rather than ofnode.c which is
really just for holding the API-conversion code.
Update ofnode_write_prop() accordingly and fix the test so it can work
with flat tree too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some documentation and a new flag so that we can safely enabled using
the ofnode interface to write to the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present ofnode only works with a single device tree, for the most part.
This is the control FDT used by U-Boot.
When booting an OS we may obtain a different device tree and want to
modify it. Add some initial support for this into the ofnode API.
Note that we don't permit aliases in this other device tree, since the
of_access implementation maintains a list of aliases collected at
start-up. Also, we don't need aliases to do fixups in the other FDT. So
make sure that flat tree and live tree processing are consistent in this
area.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The unflattening algorithm results in a single block of memory being
allocated for the whole tree. When writing new properties, these are
allocated new memory outside that block. When the block is freed, the
allocated properties remain.
Document how this works and the potential memory leak, as well as
mentioning that updating the livetree is actually supported now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is used by a lot of files, but ofnode.h needs to include a lot of
header files. This can create dependency cycles, particularly with
global_data.h which must include various declarations.
Split the core delcarations into a separate file to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename these to VESA, itself an abbreviation, to avoid a conflict with
Verified Boot for Embedded.
Rename this to avoid referencing VBE.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to use VBE to mean Verfiied Boot for Embedded in U-Boot. Rename
the existing VBE (Vesa BIOS extensions) to allow this.
Verified Boot for Embedded is documented doc/develop/vbe.rst
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the dependency on CMD_PXE from BOOTMETH_DISTRO by introducing a
new hidden kconfig symbol to control whether pxe_utils is compiled,
allowing bootstd's distro method to be compiled without needing
networking support enabled.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct build errors when CMD_BOOTM is not enabled:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The declarations in the header and in the implementation must match.
Reported-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch is fixing a broken boot observed on stm32mp157c-dk2 board.
IS_ENABLED macro should be used to check if a compilation flag is set
to "y" or "m".
LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS is set to a numerical value, IS_ENABLED macro is not
suitable in this case.
Fixes: 7c1860fce4 ("lmb: Fix lmb property's defination under struct lmb")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The convinience functions are not that small and they caused
bloated text segments because of their usage.
There was no need to inline them in the first place, as
they're not part of a fastpath.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Only two boards in the tree set the macro DWC_NET_PHYADDR. Both have
CONFIG_DM_ETH_PHY=y, so should set the phy address in DT if necessary.
The imx8mp_evk does set the correct address in device tree.
The other board seems to be a copy-paste-adapt from an old
version of the imx8mp_evk config header, given the "#ifdef
CONFIG_DWC_ETH_QOS" block that has been removed from imx8mp_evk header
in commit 127fb45495. Its device tree doesn't even enable (i.e., set
'status = "okay"') the &eqos node. But the other ethernet device,
&fec, does get enabled, and does have a phy sitting at address 4 (and
it also has a corresponding legacy #define CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR
4). So I believe it should be completely safe to remove it from there
as well.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Re-apply to top of tree, update imx93_evk.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
to adjust the root path length.
Eg to 256 from Linux Kernel
Signed-off-by: Andre Kalb <andre.kalb@sma.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Guard extern so that !CONFIG_NET platforms will build]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are a large number of options under CONFIG_SYS (but some of these
are elsewhere, spotted while cleaning CONFIG_SYS) that are never
referenced, or only used slightly later in the config file. Remove or
restructure these.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A large number of files include <flash.h> as it used to be how various
SPI flash related functions were found, or for other reasons entirely.
In order to migrate some further CONFIG symbols to Kconfig we need to
not include flash.h in cases where we don't have a NOR flash of some
sort enabled. Furthermore, in cases where we are in common code and it
doesn't make sense to try and further refactor the code itself in to new
files we need to guard this inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT
In practice, for two m68k platforms we move to hard-coding with a
comment the timeout values, rather than try and make convoluted Kconfig
logic. We add options for the write and erase options to the pic32
flash driver, as this driver does make use of them. Everywhere else
these are unreferenced values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All platforms today define CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING, so drop the code
for this option being unset.
Cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is the only platform defining and using CONFIG_SYS_MEM_SIZE, switch
to using CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE for consistency.
Cc: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a number of CONFIG_SYS_xxx_SIZE options to describe the amount
main memory available. Rework CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SIZE, which described a
size in number of MiB to use CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE which is most often
used as a number of bytes. Use shifts of this option when required.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
No platforms enable the functionality to tftp directly to NOR flash, and
this is discouraged by the documentation. Remove this code. Further,
this highlights an oddity of the code. Un-indent the start of this
function.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These functions should really be available outside the TPM code, so that
other callers can find out which version the TPM is. Rename them to have
a tpm_ prefix() and add them to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Now when CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE has sane value, use it for calculation of
other SPL offset values: CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_* and
CONFIG_SYS_SPI_FLASH_U_BOOT_* macros.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This change allows to use pinctrl_gpio_request() function as a direct
pointer for dm_gpio_ops's .request callback.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This new function pinctrl_generic_set_state_prefix() behaves like
pinctrl_generic_set_state() but it takes third string argument which is
used as the prefix for each device tree string property.
This is needed for Marvell pinctrl drivers, becase Linux device tree files
have pinmux properties prefixed by "marvell," string.
This change allows to use generic U-Boot pinctrl functions for Armada 38x
pinctrl driver without need to copy+paste of the majority U-Boot pinctrl
code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
start of test for fdt command
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFFBAABCgAvFiEEslwAIq+Gp8wWVbYnfxc6PpAIreYFAmLgRtERHHNqZ0BjaHJv
bWl1bS5vcmcACgkQfxc6PpAIreYXFwgAlALOMj3bwwsIAXNa5j/hPb3j/ecIqXgn
ocyxN+U5eSb2Ju5Jc9QmSeUMnGrii9+PW9j0JApdHrbUgBI2Sx+zwqMTIfA+BS05
4xXZgk5jOT+we2489FjgFcplv+dIuVlsB/Zo6zTbZyjkobfilYsZEGYHJ/CYNaIH
n7EmZeby1cXL7DMCxT39d3hD43XSX8cqQ1IIiF9DgtHQYs2Ff8dFcbWArSdgLX3o
Eob2Qj/GjScg87zjZcsgZajWJMHUfMeD5ZiKN2fR0T/wOdO1WtzFoF2Mt8KZcW1j
BD1shgBCMSSl5EgRG1BQZw4Sa92W2IBlbJ9tfIh8qnWOzEBzOs/M6w==
=lsO4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dm-pull-26jul22' of https://gitlab.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm.git
minor dm- and fdt-related fixes
start of test for fdt command
Add features to write protect single boot area rather than all boot
areas.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add the DTSi file and DT header files for i.MX93 SoC
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add bootaux command to support on-demand booting M33 from u-boot.
It kicks M33 via ATF by "bootaux 0x201e0000 0"
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a basic test of the 'fdt addr' command, to kick things off.
This includes a new convenience function to run a command from a printf()
string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this feature so that it works on sandbox, using a basic identity
mapping. This allows us to run the 'ut addrmap' test.
Also fix up the test to use the correct macros to access the linker
list, so that the 'ut addrmap' command actually works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_LOG is activated, if LOG_DEBUG is defined in a file and
DEBUG is not defined the trace with debug() macro are not displayed,
because the parameter cond : _DEBUG = 0 is checked in debug_cond().
With this patch the define DEBUG, used to force the trace generated by
debug() macro, is linked with the define LOG_DEBUG, used to force the
trace generated by other macros (log_debug, dev_dbg, pr_debug).
We only need to define LOG_DEBUG in a file to activate all the
traces generated by any U-Boot debug macro, as it is described in
/doc/develop/logging.rst
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add supporting new compatible string "u-boot,zynqmp-fpga-enc" to
handle loading encrypted bitfiles.
This feature requires encrypted FSBL, as according to UG1085:
"The CSU automatically locks out the AES key, stored in either BBRAM
or eFUSEs, as a key source to the AES engine if the FSBL is not
encrypted. This prevents using the BBRAM or eFUSE as the key source
to the AES engine during run-time applications."
Signed-off-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-14-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
These flags may be used to check whether an FPGA driver is able to
load a particular FPGA bitstream image.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-10-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add a "compatible" string to binary flag converter, which uses
a callback str2flag() of given FPGA driver if available.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-8-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
These flags may be used to check whether an FPGA driver is able to
load a particular FPGA bitstream image.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-7-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This flag is used to check whether a Xilinx FPGA driver is able to
load a particular FPGA bitstream image.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-6-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add a call to convert FPGA "compatible" string to a binary flag.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-5-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Store a set of supported bitstream types in xilinx_desc structure.
It will be used to determine whether an FPGA image is able to be
loaded with a given driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-4-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Function definition arguments should also have identifier names.
Add missed ones to struct xilinx_fpga_op callbacks, unifying code.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-3-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC is defined in the imx-regs.h include file and thus
does not need to be defined in the various board config includes.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Mailbox driver might be need for Versal and other future platforms.
To remove the dependency, move struct zynqmp_ipi_msg to
zynqmp_firmware.h so that mailbox driver compiles for other platforms
easily.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722084658.30995-5-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
zynqmp_pmufw_load_config_object() has some error cases and it is better
to return those errors. Change prototype of this function to return
errors.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722084658.30995-2-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Add support for Qualcomm QCS404 SoC based evaluation board.
Features:
- Qualcomm Snapdragon QCS404 SoC
- 1GiB RAM
- 8GiB eMMC, uSD slot
U-boot is chain loaded by ABL in 64-bit mode as part of boot.img.
For detailed build and boot instructions, refer to
doc/board/qualcomm/qcs404.rst.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Currently this clock driver initializes clocks for UART and eMMC. Along
with this import "qcom,gcc-qcs404.h" header from Linux mainline to
support DT bindings.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Add support for 96Boards Dragonboard 845C aka Robotics RB3 development
platform. This board complies with 96Boards Open Platform Specifications.
Features:
- Qualcomm Snapdragon SDA845 SoC
- 4GiB RAM
- 64GiB UFS drive
U-boot is chain loaded by ABL in 64-bit mode as part of boot.img.
For detailed build and boot instructions, refer to
doc/board/qualcomm/sdm845.rst, board: dragonboard845c.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Rather than using magic numbers as clock ids for peripherals import
qcom,gcc-sdm845.h from Linux to be used standard macros for clock ids.
So start using corresponding clk-id macro for debug UART.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v5.19-rc5.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device tree we are now using the
regular one for the Colibri Evaluation (carrier) board V3 (e.g.
vf610-colibri-eval-v3.dtb rather than the previous vf610-colibri.dtb).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The macro `CONFIG_SYS_UBOOT_BASE` is used by SPL loaders `"NOR"` and
`"XIP"` to determine the base address of u-boot.
For `"NOR"` on i.MX8MM it is the base address of QSPI0 plus the offset
of the flattened image tree blob.
Although `QSPI0_AMBA_BASE` is used to define CONFIG_SYS_UBOOT_BASE in
multiple board header files for i.MX8MM, it is not specified.
Specify offset of flattened image tree blob (needs to be set to same
value as specified in 'binman' node), base address of QSPI0 and size of
FlexSPI configuration block.
Signed-off-by: Mamta Shukla <mamta.shukla@leica-geosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haemmerle <thomas.haemmerle@leica-geosystems.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Add struct with Flex SPI Configuration Block and enable generating
fspi header using mkimage.
Refer i.MX 8M Mini Application Processor Reference Manual for
detailed information about parameters for FlexSPI Configuration block.
Signed-off-by: Mamta Shukla <mamta.shukla@leica-geosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haemmerle <thomas.haemmerle@leica-geosystems.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Upstream linux commit 3b5206f4be9b65.
Move Macronix specific initialization logic into nand_macronix.c. This
is part of the "separate vendor specific code from core" cleanup
process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 229204da53b31d.
Move AMD/Spansion specific initialization/detection logic into
nand_amd.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 10d4e75c36f6c1.
Move Micron specific initialization logic into nand_micron.c. This is
part of the "separate vendor specific code from core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 9b2d61f80b060c.
Move Toshiba specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_toshiba.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 01389b6bd2f4f7.
Move Hynix specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_hynix.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit c51d0ac59f2420.
Move Samsung specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_samsung.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
In preparation of moving specific nand support that are not jedec
or onfi
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
chip points to mtd. Passing chip is enough to have a reference
to mtd when is necessary
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit abbe26d144ec22.
A lot of NANDs are implementing generic features in a non-generic way,
or are providing advanced auto-detection logic where the NAND ID bytes
meaning changes with the NAND generation.
Providing this vendor specific initialization step will allow us to get
rid of full-id entries in the nand_ids table or all the vendor specific
cases added over the time in the generic NAND ID decoding logic.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 7f501f0a72036d.
Store the NAND ID in struct nand_chip to avoid passing id_data and id_len
as function parameters.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Fix diacritics in some instances of my name and change my e-mail address
to kabel@kernel.org.
Add corresponding .mailmap entries.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This allows to compile U-Boot without some boot option for some A3720 board
which does not have that peripheral.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To quote Andre:
One prominent feature is the restructering of the clock driver, which
allows to end up with one actual driver for all variants, although we
still only compile in support for one SoC.
Also contained are some initial SPI fixes, which should fix some
problems, and enable SPI flash support for the F1C100s SoC. Those
patches revealed more problems, I will queue fixes later on, but for
now it should at least still work.
Apart from some smaller fixes (for instance for NAND operation), there
is also preparation for the upcoming Allwinner D1 support, in form of
the USB PHY driver. There are more driver support patches to come.
The gitlab CI completed successfully, including the build test for all
160 sunxi boards. I also boot tested on a few boards, but didn't have
time for more elaborate tests this time.
There was no user of this callback after 5b66fdb29d anymore, and its
semantic as now inconsistent between stm and sst26. What we need for the
upcoming new usecase is a "completely unlocked" semantic. So consolidate
over this.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Follow patch <f6adec1af4b2f5d3012480c6cdce7743b74a6156> (Allow using Micron mt35xu512aba
in Octal DTR mode).
Enable Octal DTR mode with 20 dummy cycles to allow running at the
maximum supported frequency for adding Macronix flash in Octal DTR mode.
-https://www.mxic.com.tw/Lists/Datasheet/Attachments/7841/MX25LM51245G,%203V,%20512Mb,%20v1.1.pdf
Signed-off-by: JaimeLiao <jaimeliao.tw@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
For mostly historic reasons we had configuration headers for each
Allwinner CPU "family". These days they are mostly just including one
common header, with the rest being somewhat empty.
There were attempts to remove them, and to just use the one common header
to begin with, but this has implications to the build system, which me
might not be ready for, yet.
To document this behaviour, and to avoid something sneaking in over
time, make those files all the same (minus the CPU family name and
the copyrights), and add a comment explaining that.
This makes it easier to just remove those files later on, when needed
and possible.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The clock and reset drivers use the exact same platform data. Simplify
them by sharing the object. This is safe because the parent device
(the clock device) always gets its driver model callbacks run first.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
All of the driver private data should really be platform data since it
is determined statically (selected by the compatible string or extracted
from the devicetree). Move everything to platform data, so it can be
provided when binding the driver. This is useful for SPL, or for
instantiating the driver as part of an MFD.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that all of the variants use the same bind/probe functions and ops,
there is no need to have a separate driver for each variant. Since most
SoCs contain two variants (the main CCU and PRCM CCU), this saves a bit
of firmware size and RAM.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This allows all of the clock drivers to use a common bind function.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The reset array size is currently used for bounds checking in the reset
driver. The same bounds check should really be done in the clock driver.
Currently, the array size is provided to the reset driver separately
from the CCU descriptor, which is a bit strange. Let's do this the usual
way, with the array sizes next to the arrays themselves.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This patch adds a clock driver for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
This driver provides clock gate control as well as getting clock frequency
for CPU/SYS/XTAL and some peripherals.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
All files are dedicated for u-boot.
The default build target is u-boot-mt7621.bin.
The specification of this chip:
https://www.mediatek.com/products/homenetworking/mt7621
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This commit exposes the END device path node.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Add OP-TEE nodes for stm32mp13x, alligned with upstreamed OP-TEE
- Introduce of_to_plat ops in stm32_sdmmc2 driver
- Activate more features in stm32mp13 defconfig and support of STM32MP13x Rev.Y
- Drop fastboot and stm32prog trigger gpios on STM32MP15x DHCOM board
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEE56Yx6b9SnloYCWtD4rK92eCqk3UFAmLNj88ACgkQ4rK92eCq
k3Wukwf+PZnmQuyzwwFDOpZO1lUPfUN0WkoEBV8M5IxLehHdfHJT3YsAtm6DS8dd
4+n0+WmR7Uk4B8ODRPrGNBJftFoOVfEAvWmpfCC/VcHgEDEzdJzJe6yxa9wAWeQR
djRZLM8qx6OIEUW+sfYbFkD2BCv+cLiT0YH9qqx8WCRlf6JTuLquSBJQXIJAqYiE
LdO/pp0rv4oC0s08BSL4bHL/Mh7FHeUPiEjn2uRP/vISgmH1qyCql3gbr/wCaTYR
jfqr9pjmWTxEOppZIdE832QMy1MTSA/6Q3Jr4LKRko6ArBGjbGlj3EbeeEdKPDRy
BtQ6OLnxWKdcPr2qp301nnERRi4L4w==
=WgbW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220712' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm
- Alignment with Linux kernel device tree v5.19 for stm32mp15 and stm32mp13
- Add OP-TEE nodes for stm32mp13x, alligned with upstreamed OP-TEE
- Introduce of_to_plat ops in stm32_sdmmc2 driver
- Activate more features in stm32mp13 defconfig and support of STM32MP13x Rev.Y
- Drop fastboot and stm32prog trigger gpios on STM32MP15x DHCOM board
MPS3 board have a ISP1763 usb controller, enable it to be used
for mass storage access for example. Enable the usb command
also and for the FVP support for mass storage enable the mmc
command.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Move urb code from musb only use to a more common scope, so other
drivers in the future can use the handling of urb in usb.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
On STM32MP13x STMicroelectronics boards, the UART can reliably go up to
4000000 bauds when connected to the external ST-LINKV3.
This patch adds the support of higher baudrates on STMicroelectronics
STM32MP13x boards with ST-LINKV3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Correctly handle STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV define in stm32mp15_st_common.h;
the STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV is added in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
definition, as it is done "stm32mp15_st_common.h"
Without this patch, the content of STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV is not used in
the default environment for STMicroelectronics boards.
Fixes: 806c4dd315 ("configs: stm32mp1: set the console variable for extlinux.conf")
Reported-by: Gatien CHEVALLIER <gatien.chevallier@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On p1_p2_rdb_pc platforms, we set ddr_data_init to the "poison" value of
0xdeadbeef rather than a real calculated / derived value. Do this
directly and comment rather than via CONFIG.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a single platform that is both in the OMAP3 family of parts, but
has an EMIF4 memory controller. Currently we hard-code the size of
chip select 0. Make this more clear by putting the value in the
function rather than a CONFIG option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Correct spelling and copy/paste errors in comments.
Fixes 1c4db59d9b ("regmap: Add support for regmap fields")
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix multiple issues in ubifs distroboot code:
U-Boot supports attaching only one MTD device as UBI at the time. So
always call 'ubifsmount ubi0:${bootubivol}' for mounting UBI volume
${bootubivol}. Usage of 'ubi${devnum}' is incorrect as 'ubi part'
command attach MTD device always as UBI device ubi0.
Set distroboot ${bootfstype} variable to ubifs in ubifs_boot command.
Distroboot scripts require ${bootfstype} variable to be properly set and it
is already set for all other boot types.
Set distroboot ${distro_bootpart} variable to ${bootubivol} value. UBI
device does not have partitions, but has volumes. Distroboot scripts
require something to be set in ${distro_bootpart} variable, so set it to
the UBI volume which is currently mounted by ubifs.
Set distroboot ${devnum} variable to fixed string "ubi0". ubifs code
differs from the other partition code that it requires "ubi" prefix before
number.
Explicitly unmount ubifs volume after loading all data from it. This allows
to detach UBI device from MTD device.
Move definition of MTD device with UBI and UBI volume with ubifs filesystem
from global env variables ${bootubipart} and ${bootubivol} into the
distroboot "func" macro, defined in board include config files. UBIFS
distroboot macros then set ${bootubipart} and ${bootubivol} local variables
for compatibility with existing distroboot scripts.
This last change allows to define more UBIFS target devices and make it
clear what is boot MTD/UBI device.
All board include config files are adjusted to use this new scheme of
specifying boot MTD/UBI device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
As part of this, rework error handling in boot/bootm.c so that we pass
the buffer size to handle_decomp_error as CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN will not
be available to host tools but we do know the size that we passed to
malloc().
Cc: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only reference CONFIG_SYS_BFTIC3_BASE in one location. Move the
comment to where we reference it, and use the value directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
As this is used in the environment, reference it directly rather than as
a CONFIG value.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Adrian Alonso <adrian.alonso@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the last platform for this architecture removed, remove the rest of
the architecture support as well.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_EMIF_PRECALCULATED_TIMING_REGS
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOMATIC_SDRAM_DETECTION
CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_LPDDR2_TIMINGS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All of these symbols are not referenced anywhere else in the code, so
remove them.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On platforms that use CONFIG_USB_OHCI_NEW we do not need to set
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_REGS_BASE nor CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME. Drop
these from platforms that we can.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point, the only user of ohci-hcd that also uses PCI is using DM,
so we can drop CONFIG_PCI_OHCI* usage. No platforms set either of
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_BOARD_INIT or CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_CPU_INIT so those
hooks can be removed as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_OHCI_SWAP_REG_ACCESS
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_CPU_INIT
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL_CLK_SEL_PLLB
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL_CLK_SEL_UPLL
CONFIG_USB_OHCI_LPC32XX
CONFIG_USB_OHCI_NEW
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently the SPI flash to load from is defined through the compile
time config CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS and CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS, this
prevents the loading of binaries from different SPI flash using the
same build.E.g. supporting QSPI flash boot and OSPI flash boot
on J721E platform is not possible due to this limitation.
This commit adds lookup functions spl_spi_boot_bus()
and spl_spi_boot_cs for identifying the flash device based on the
selected boot device, when not overridden the lookup functions are
weakly defined in common/spl/spl_spi.c.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_EGIGA_INIT
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_PCIE_INIT
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_RGMII_PAD_1V8
CONFIG_KM_DISABLE_PCIE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These CONFIG options are only used on this board, in the board file
itself. Remove these from the CONFIG namespace and define in the board
file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The symbol CONFIG_PCI_CLK_FREQ is local to this board. Provide equal
clarity in the code by referencing the numeric value directly and move
the explanatory comment to the code, just prior to use.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver is not enabled anywhere, remove it. Also remove definitions
of symbols only used in this driver, on platforms that did not enable
it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As things stand currently, there is only one PowerPC platform that
enables the options for CHAIN_OF_TRUST. From the board header files,
remove a number of never-set options. Remove board specific values from
arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_secure_boot.h as well. Rework
include/config_fsl_chain_trust.h to not abuse the CONFIG namespace for
constructing CHAIN_BOOT_CMD. Migrate all of the configurable addresses
to Kconfig.
If any platforms are re-introduced with secure boot support, everything
required should still be here, but now in Kconfig, or requires migration
of an option to Kconfig.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way that secure boot is implemented today on NXP ARM platforms does
not reuse the elements found in include/config_fsl_chain_trust.h to
construct CONFIG_SECBOOT but instead board header files have their
environment setup as needed and then fsl_setenv_chain_of_trust() will
set secureboot in the environment. Remove a large number of unused
defines here.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_KEY_REVOCATION
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_LE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_0
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_2
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_4
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRK_LE
This partly means making sure to enable SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 only for
when CHAIN_OF_TRUST is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON_LE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SAMSUNG_ONENAND
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
We rename the S5P specific "CONFIG_PWM" to CONFIG_PWM_S5P and move it to
Kconfig. Given the usage of CONFIG_PWM_NX, we have that select this new
symbol.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
- Drop the emulator CONFIG test from include/configs/ls1088ardb.h
- Migrate CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU to a select'able option in
drivers/ddr/fsl/Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As this driver can dynamically determine the values set in
CONFIG_DW_WDT_BASE when using WDT, so make this depend on WDT rather
than migrate CONFIG_DW_WDT_BASE to Kconfig.
Cc: Chee Tien Fong <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Cc: Chin-Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinh.nguyen@intel.com>
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: hee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This value is always used at the default, rename it for now. This
likely should come from the device tree if non-default, moving forward.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is used to calculate a message digest as part of
authentication process in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In MS authenticode, pkcs7 should have data in its contentInfo field.
This data is tagged with SpcIndirectData type and, for a signed PE image,
provides a image's message digest as SpcPeImageData.
This parser is used in image authentication to parse the field and
retrieve a message digest.
Imported from linux v5.19-rc, crypto/asymmetric_keys/mscode*.
Checkpatch.pl generates tones of warnings, but those are not fixed
for the sake of maintainability (importing from another source).
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
From whole P1/P2 family of RDB boards is TDM-PMC card (PCI Mezzanine Card,
Freescale PQ-MDS-T1) available only on P1021RDB and P1025RDB boards.
So address mapping for TDM-PMC card on LBC should not be enabled on any
other P1/P2 RDB board as there is no device at that TDM-PMC address.
Support for P1021RDB and P1025RDB boards was already removed from mainline
U-Boot in commits 6d1dd76afe ("board/freescale: Remove P1021RDB board
support") and d521cece5a ("board/freescale: Remove P1025RDB board
support").
So do not enable TDM-PMC address mapping on remaining P1/P2 RDB boards and
remove all macros related to TDM-PMC address mappings.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add defconfig and Kconfig files for Google Chameleon V3 board
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFQBAABCgA6FiEEqxhEmNJ6d7ZdeFLIHrMeAg6sL8gFAmK9nEUcHGV1Z2VuLmhy
aXN0ZXZAbWljcm9jaGlwLmNvbQAKCRAesx4CDqwvyEu0B/4v1EQOMBL+VXns8Ipo
Xeq+RDUX/24XcB5s6sTcNlWzvYuX6Z7DCGJ0loK5JxelrOy+YNkRbTRMom1eW9Kn
9dmKa0bcO7auJEww3Nln1IFyx+FXQFGR1V3g1U4535l8b7urTioIK0MUSrG/GLpe
Rlbh31GAYtrGvl06W1F7mwhg7/0AT8IhUFaY9G7s7gKA5muGQQ7ED4nKVoZPeTAl
lrQ/Ecym1ND7aOhd/vuEBtgoGxDWzwf8piT8qykJluJKzBV1Hic0RXCNBmtrTORz
b1GOOpRUgcnTv9U8j4PRyYGKDnmS2OmV2AwL8+V9UJfJgQrkcRlbgpCysIPmMBzo
YPRt
=D79P
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-at91-2022.10-a' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-at91 into next
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.10 cycle:
This feature set includes mostly fixes and alignments: DT alignment with
Linux for sama7g5, removal of invalid eeprom compatibles, removal of
extra debug_uart_init calls for all at91 boards, support for pio4 driver
pioE bank, and other minor fixes and enhancements for sam9x60 and
sama5d2_icp boards.
On versal platform, enable apb linear mode for apb read and write
execute operations amd disable it when using dma reads. This is done by
xilinx_pm_request() secure calls when CONFIG_ZYNQMP_FIRMWARE is enabled,
else we use direct raw reads and writes in case of mini U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220512100535.16364-5-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
When flash operated at non default mode like DDR, flash need to be reset
to operate in SDR mode to read flash ids by spi-nor framework. Reset the
flash to the default state before using the flash. This reset is handled
by a gpio driver, in case of mini U-Boot as gpio driver is disabled, we
do raw read and write access by the registers.
Versal platform utilizes spi calibration for read delay programming, so
incase by default read delay property is set in DT. We make sure not to
use read delay from DT by overwriting read_delay with -1.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220512100535.16364-4-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
For Rockchip boards with the all rk8xx series PMICs (excluding the
rk808), it is sometimes desirable to not boot whenever the device is
plugged in. An example would be for the Odroid Go Advance.
This provides a configurable option to check the PMIC says it was
powered because of a plug-in event. If the value is 1 and this option
is selected, the device shuts down shortly after printing a message
to console stating the reason why it's shutting down. Powering up the
board with the power button is not affected.
This patch parallels the work done in the following patch series:
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20220121133732.2397273-1-andre.przywara@arm.com/
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The configs ROCKCHIP_CHIP_TAG and ROCKCHIP_MAX_INIT_SIZE were
originally added with rksd.c, rkspi.c and rkcommon.c in mind,
but are no longer in use and replaced by struct spl_info,
so remove unused configs for tag and size.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move the environment text over from being set via
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS in include/configs/gw_ventana.h and over
to plain text in board/gateworks/gw_ventana/gw_ventana.env. This lets
us drop CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS_COMMON as everything resides in a
single environment file now.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
- Ensure that everyone setting mtdids= and mtdparts= is doing so via the
CONFIG options.
- If the CONFIG options are set, ensure that the default environment
sets mtdparts / mtdids.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The "autoload" environment variable is always checked with env_get_yesno
as it can be set to any form of no. The default behavior of
env_get_yesno is to return -1 on variables that are not set, which acts
as true in general (we test for non-zero return). To convert
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOLOAD to Kconfig, given that it was almost always used to
set autoload to no, first rename to CONFIG_SYS_DISABLE_AUTOLOAD for
consistency sake. Then, make it so that if enabled we set autoload=0 in
the default environment. Migrate all platforms which set
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOLOAD to non-true or that set autoload to false in their
default environment to using CONFIG_SYS_DISABLE_AUTOLOAD
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the environment text over from being set via
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS in include/configs/opos6uldev.h and over to
plain text in board/armadeus/opos6uldev/opos6uldev.env. This lets us
manage env_version without a CONFIG variable.
Cc: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_RANGE
Now that this is in Kconfig we can enforce a minimum size and so remove
the check in C code to ensure range is larger than size.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the exception of distro_boot support, we can move all of the rest
of the environment changes to come from CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT and in
turn remove CONFIG_ENV_REFLASH.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Largely, the use of CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS can be migrated directly
to come from CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT. The biggest case that cannot easily
be migrated is distro_bootcmd support. Rather than block migration on
this, remove the #error here so that we can being moving forward.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This define is only currently used in a single board, and always set to
one. Define this within the board code and remove other references.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_MIN_ENTRIES
CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the exception of how PowerPC handles SPL and TPL (which has its own
issues), we cannot safely hide options under CONFIG_SPL_BUILD. Largely
remove the places that have this test today.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce board/siemens/common/Kconfig and have it hold FACTORYSET to
start with. Use select for this on the boards that need it.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Samuel Egli <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Following how it's done for the majority of drivers, add a new
VIDEO_EXYNOS option and Kconfig file under drivers/video/exynos and list
the current options there.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
- In a number of cases, use CONFIG_ARCH_EXYNOS[45] rather than
CONFIG_EXYNOS[45]
- In other cases, test for CONFIG_ARCH_EXYNOS or CONFIG_ARCH_S5PC1XX
- Migrate specific SoC CONFIG values to Kconfig
- Use CONFIG_TARGET_x rather than CONFIG_x
- Migrate other CONFIG_EXYNOS_x symbols to Kconfig
- Reference CONFIG_EXYNOS_RELOCATE_CODE_BASE directly as EXYNOS_RELOCATE_CODE_BASE
- Rename CONFIG_S5P_PA_SYSRAM to CONFIG_SMP_PEN_ADDR to match the rest
of U-Boot usage.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since bb5930d5c9 ("exynos: video: Convert several boards to driver
model for video") there have been no callers of any of the exynos_lcd_*
family of functions. Remove these from the boards, and then remove
unused logo and related code as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The only platform currently that defines an ide_preinit function has an
empty one that immediately returns. Remove this hook.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The migration deadline for this has passed and all boards have been
updated, remove this legacy code and references for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The migration deadline for this has passed and all boards have been
updated, remove this legacy code and references for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The only use of CONFIG_XTFPGA was to build all of the in-tree device
trees. Switch to using CONFIG_XTENSA instead of a non-Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Passing the mtdparts environment variable to the Linux kernel is
required to properly mount the UBI rootfs.
Co-developed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
The Linux kernel device tree already specifies the device to be used for
boot console output with a stdout-path property under /chosen.
Co-developed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Include microchip,pdmc.h from Linux.
This file includes required defines for DT successful build.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Binman lets us declare symbols in SPL/TPL that refer to other entries in
the same binman image as them. These symbols are filled in with the
correct values while binman assembles the images, but this is done
in-memory only. Symbols marked as optional can be filled with
BINMAN_SYM_MISSING as an error value if their referred entry is missing.
However, the unmodified SPL/TPL binaries are still available on disk,
and can be used by people. For these files, nothing ensures that the
symbols are set to this error value, and they will be considered valid
when they are not.
Empirically, all symbols show up as zero in a sandbox_vpl build when we
run e.g. tpl/u-boot-tpl directly. On the other hand, zero is a perfectly
fine value for a binman-written symbol, so we cannot say the symbols
have wrong values based on that.
Declare a magic symbol that binman always fills in with a fixed value.
Check this value as an indicator that symbols were filled in correctly.
Return the error value for all symbols when this magic symbol has the
wrong value.
For binman tests, we need to make room for the new symbol in the mocked
SPL/TPL data by extending them by four bytes. This messes up some test
image layouts. Fix the affected values, and check the magic symbol
wherever it makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Enabling CONFIG_BINMAN makes binman run after a build to package any
images specified in the device-tree. It also enables a mechanism for
SPL/TPL to declare and use special linker symbols that refer to other
entries in the same binman image. A similar feature that gets this info
from the device-tree exists for U-Boot proper, but it is gated behind a
CONFIG_BINMAN_FDT unlike the symbols.
Confusingly, CONFIG_SPL/TPL_BINMAN_SYMBOLS also exist. These configs
don't actually enable/disable the symbols mechanism as one would expect,
but declare some symbols for U-Boot using this mechanism.
Reuse the BINMAN_SYMBOLS configs to make them toggle the symbols
mechanism, and declare symbols for the U-Boot phases in a dependent
BINMAN_UBOOT_SYMBOLS config. Extend it to cover symbols of all phases.
Update the config prompt and help message to make it clearer about this.
Fix binman test binaries to work with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BINMAN_SYMBOLS).
Co-developed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
[Alper: New config for phase symbols, update Kconfigs, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The binman extern symbol declarations in spl.h are missing the VPL
symbols recently added to spl.c, add them like the others.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
This command shows the memory used by driver model along with various
hints as to what it might be if some 'core' tags were moved to use the
tag list instead of a core (i.e. always-there) pointer.
This may help with future work to reduce memory usage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function for collecting the amount of memory used by driver model,
including devices, uclasses and attached data and tags.
This information can provide insights into how to reduce the memory
required by driver model. Future work may look at execution speed also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present tag numbers are only allocated for non-core data, meaning that
the 'core' data, like priv and plat, are accessed through dedicated
functions.
For debugging and consistency it is convenient to use tags for this 'core'
data too. Add support for this, with new tag numbers and functions to
access the pointer and size for each.
Update one of the test drivers so that the uclass-private data can be
tested here.
There is some code duplication with functions like device_alloc_priv() but
this is not addressed for now. At some point, some rationalisation may
help to reduce code size, but more thought it needed on that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this driver uses 'priv' struct to hold 'plat' data, which is
confusing. The contents of the strct don't matter, since only dtoc is
using it. Create a new struct with the correct name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not a good name anymore as it does not dump everything. Rename it
to dm_dump_tree() to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before setting up the devices U-Boot's printf() function cannot be used
for console output. Provide function os_printf() to print to stderr.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Because fdt_get_config_str et al. were moved/renamed to
ofnode_conf_read_str, they now depend on CONFIG_DM as well as
CONFIG_OF_CONTROL. Add some fallback implementations, preventing a
linker error when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL and CONFIG_SPL_ENV_IS_IN_MMC are
enabled and CONFIG_SPL_DM is disabled.
Fixes: 7de8bd03c3 ("treewide: fdt: Move fdt_get_config_... to ofnode_conf_read...")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Add a comment explaining the design goals of bloblist, to make it easier
for people to understand and comment on the structure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
sha1 digest size is 5*32-bit => 160-bit. Using 64-bit unsigned long
does not cause issue with the current sha1 implementation, but could
be problematic for vectorized access.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
cpu:
- Add driver for microblaze cpu
net:
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY to AXI emac and emaclite
xilinx:
- Switch platforms to DM_ETH_PHY
- DT chagnes in ZynqMP and Zynq
- Enable support for SquashFS
zynqmp:
- Add support for KR260 boards
- Move BSS from address 0
- Move platform identification from board code to soc driver
- Improve zynqmp_psu_init_minimize
versal:
- Enable loading app at EL1
serial:
- Setup default address and clock rates for DEBUG uarts
pinctrl:
- Add support for tri state and output enable properties
relocate-rela:
- Clean relocate-rela implementation for ARM64
- Add support for Microblaze
microblaze:
- Add support for runtime relocation
- Rework cache handling (wiring, Kconfig) based on cpuinfo
- Remove interrupt support
timer:
- Extract axi timer driver from Microblaze to generic location
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYrlYngAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
ITgbAJ9S9xO2QqxtuodWAYMtJfvZ14c7mgCeKnyFTrrBnJkC0wPsGqE71oNJ49o=
=3gGm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2022.10' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze into next
Xilinx changes for v2022.10
cpu:
- Add driver for microblaze cpu
net:
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY to AXI emac and emaclite
xilinx:
- Switch platforms to DM_ETH_PHY
- DT chagnes in ZynqMP and Zynq
- Enable support for SquashFS
zynqmp:
- Add support for KR260 boards
- Move BSS from address 0
- Move platform identification from board code to soc driver
- Improve zynqmp_psu_init_minimize
versal:
- Enable loading app at EL1
serial:
- Setup default address and clock rates for DEBUG uarts
pinctrl:
- Add support for tri state and output enable properties
relocate-rela:
- Clean relocate-rela implementation for ARM64
- Add support for Microblaze
microblaze:
- Add support for runtime relocation
- Rework cache handling (wiring, Kconfig) based on cpuinfo
- Remove interrupt support
timer:
- Extract axi timer driver from Microblaze to generic location
Replace XILINX_DCACHE_BYTE_SIZE macro with two Kconfig symbols for
instruction and data caches sizes, respectively:
CONFIG_XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_ICACHE_SIZE
CONFIG_XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_DCACHE_SIZE
Also, get rid of the hardcoded value in icache_disable().
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-8-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> (s/bralid/brlid/g)
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET macro place stack to TEXT_BASE - SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
but there is no reason to do it now because board_init_f_alloc_reserve()
returns exact location where stack should be. That's why stack location is
calculated at run time and there is no need to hardcode it via macro. This
change will help with placing U-Boot to any address.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/e9aee69646e022fd8a96cbee2d2a07ab81fb6e05.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Do not use 0 as address for memory because of the special meaning for
pointers (null pointer). Change the spl bss start address to the second
page.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220607074314.27125-1-stefan.herbrechtsmeier-oss@weidmueller.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This consists of two slightly related series. For the first, to quote
the author:
This series implements 2 features in driver/firmware/scmi.
First, a single change adds support for SCMI OP-TEE transport to
use OP-TEE native shared memory. See the 1st patch in this series:
"firmware: scmi: optee: use TEE shared memory for SCMI messages".
Then come changes for supporting multi-channel in the SCMI drivers.
I've split the implementation in 11 several small incremental changes
in the hope it helps the review. Few minor fixup commits are also
inserted in the series.
And the second series implements some smccc improvements.
Use PSCI device to query Arm SMCCC v1.1 support from secure monitor
and if so, bind drivers for the SMCCC features that monitor supports.
Drivers willing to be bound from Arm SMCCC features discovery can use
macro ARM_SMCCC_FEATURE_DRIVER() to register to smccc feature discovery,
providing target driver name and a callback function that returns
whether or not the SMCCC feature is supported by the system.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Defines function IDs ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_FEATURES used to query SMCCC feature
support, applicable from Arm SMCCC v1.1 specification.
Defines macro ARM_SMCCC_RET_NOT_SUPPORTED as generic return identifier
for when a SMCCC feature is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Adds resources for SCMI protocols to possibly use a dedicated SCMI
channel instead of the default channel allocated by the SCMI agent
during initialization. As per DT binding documentation, some SCMI
transports can define a specific SCMI communication channel for
given SCMI protocols. It allows SCMI protocols to pass messages
concurrently each other.
This change introduces new scmi agent uclass API function
devm_scmi_of_get_channel() for SCMI drivers probe sequences to get
a reference to the SCMI channel assigned to its related SCMI protocol.
The function queries the channel reference to its SCMI transport driver
through new scmi agent uclass operator .of_get_channel that uses Device
Tree information from related SCMI agent node.
Operator .of_get_channel returns a reference to the SCMI channel
assigned to SCMI protocol used by the caller device. SCMI transport
drivers that do not support multi-channel are not mandated to register
this operator. When so, API function devm_scmi_of_get_channel() returns
NULL and SCMI transport driver are expected to retrieve by their own
means the reference to the unique SCMI channel, for example using
platform data as these drivers currently do in U-Boot source tree.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Changes SCMI driver API function devm_scmi_process_msg() to add
an SCMI channel reference argument for when SCMI agent supports
SCMI protocol specific channels. First argument of devm_scmi_process_msg()
is also change to point to the caller SCMI protocol device rather
than its parent device (the SCMI agent device).
The argument is a pointer to opaque struct scmi_channel known from
the SCMI transport drivers. It is currently unused and caller a pass
NULL value. A later change will enable such support once SCMI protocol
drivers have means to get the channel reference during initialization.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add the basic infrastructure for declaring fuzz tests and a command to
invoke them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This new class of device will provide fuzzing inputs from a fuzzing
engine.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename the sections used to implement linker lists so they begin with
'__u_boot_list' rather than '.u_boot_list'. The double underscore at the
start is still distinct from the single underscore used by the symbol
names.
Having a '.' in the section names conflicts with clang's ASAN
instrumentation which tries to add redzones between the linker list
elements, causing expected accesses to fail. However, clang doesn't try
to add redzones to user sections, which are names with all alphanumeric
and underscore characters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
cp.b is used a lot as a way to load binaries to memory and execute
them, however we may need to integrate this with the efi subsystem to
set it up as a bootdev.
So, introduce a loadm command that will be consistent with the other
loadX commands and will call the efi API's.
ex: loadm $kernel_addr $kernel_addr_r $kernel_size
with this a kernel with CONFIG_EFI_STUB enabled will be loaded and
then subsequently booted with bootefi command.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Correct livetree support in stm32mp1 boards
- Activate livetree for stm32mp15 DHSOM boards
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEE56Yx6b9SnloYCWtD4rK92eCqk3UFAmKsehgACgkQ4rK92eCq
k3UexAf+JThCd7FlN3OkTVKIdZKeNm2KpQxrqt20whiqp/nSUzxXrjdlCTKZEER2
lLJoVnwr+bkmdlqsa6gAZXSsd0lUv37XnLsLA5or278tFNlKp6gzYrz49FR59mVC
ie7/NlY5FgM5qmKGCob7tjwJ78r2/S3T2EaLiAMWUmw2UB5KZU6h3napHZ+1T0se
vaEAVRzAaZeYzKU3k6RBSv2tXQ6ssvfpp9RcXpRGtrN908AqDhHiOfntuOrnsEe0
9rjY1DSXO9a5WqHRm2KQ3FrA/By2layQ+4WH/HgIPHasisnmo3E/euVWmhtTaiT/
g5bOLwyFQ2/RvdMlMxXlKUcuMfNwRA==
=Hhzj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220620' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm into next
- Add STM32MP13 SoCs support with associated board STM32M135F-DK
- Correct livetree support in stm32mp1 boards
- Activate livetree for stm32mp15 DHSOM boards
Code for changing boot source is platform generic and can be used by any
P1* and P2* compatible RDB board. Not only by boards which use config
header file p1_p2_rdb_pc.h.
So move this code from p1_p2_rdb_pc.h to p1_p2_bootsrc.h and cleanup macros
for generating boot source env variables in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
This allows to use code for resetting board and rebooting to other boot
source also by other boards in future.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
If CONFIG_VIDEO_DM=n we query the display size from the serial console.
Especially when using a remote console the response can be so late that
it interferes with autoboot.
Only query the console size when running an EFI binary.
Add debug output showing the determined console size.
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Fixes: a57ad20d07 ("efi_loader: split efi_init_obj_list() into two stages")
Fixes: a9bf024b29 ("efi_loader: disk: a helper function to create efi_disk objects from udevice")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Replace reference to the correct name STMicroelectronics
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Remove STM32_SYSRAM_END and clean the comments in stm32mp15_common.h file
after moving some CONFIG to Kconfig: CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE,
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT, CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START and
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Depending on backup register value, U-Boot SPL maintains the debug unit
powered-on for debugging purpose; only BUCK1 is required for powering
the debug unit, so revert the setting for all the other power lanes,
except BUCK3 that has to be always on.
To be functional this patch requires a modification in the debugger
,openocd for example, to update the STM32MP15 backup register when it is
required to debug SPL after reset. After deeper analysis this behavior
will be never supported in tools so the associated code, will be never
used and the associated code can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce the code in mach-stm32mp and the configuration file
stm32mp13_defconfig for the new STM32MP family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Following Jincheng's report, an out-of-band write leading to arbitrary
code execution is possible because on one side the squashfs logic
accepts directory names up to 65535 bytes (u16), while U-Boot fs logic
accepts directory names up to 255 bytes long.
Prevent such an exploit from happening by capping directory name sizes
to 255. Use a define for this purpose so that developers can link the
limitation to its source and eventually kill it some day by dynamically
allocating this array (if ever desired).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/CALO=DHFB+yBoXxVr5KcsK0iFdg+e7ywko4-e+72kjbcS8JBfPw@mail.gmail.com
Reported-by: Jincheng Wang <jc.w4ng@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Jincheng Wang <jc.w4ng@gmail.com>
When migrating CONFIG_CONS_INDEX to Kconfig, on this platform we changed
what "board" evaluated to in the environment. This in turn meant that
we would no longer try and find the correct fdtfile via the normal
distro boot logic. Fix this by overriding board in the default
environment, as done on other platforms where CONFIG_SYS_BOARD is not
what we want to be in the board environment variable.
Fixes: f76750d111 ("Convert CONFIG_CONS_INDEX et al to Kconfig")
Reported-by: Gabriel Hojda <ghojda@yo2urs.ro>
Tested-by: Gabriel Hojda <ghojda@yo2urs.ro>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Clean up in ubiload script. Unmount UBIFS from which kernel image was
loaded and detach UBI on which the UBIFS is located, otherwise message
similar to the following is printed just before booting kernel:
Removing MTD device #7 (rootfs) with use count 1
Error when deleting partition "rootfs" (-16)
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
There is no wait_dat0 mmc ops, causing operations waiting for data
line state change (e.g mmc_switch_voltage) to fallback to a 250ms
active delay. mmc_ops still used when DM_MMC is not enabled, which
is often the case for SPL. The result can be unexpectly long SPL
boot time.
This change adds support for wait_dat0() mmc operation.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
CONFIG_SPL_RAW_IMAGE_SUPPORT default y has been used to replace
CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE for quite some time, so drop
CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart3 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mm_beacon
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mn_beacon
Since these boards has CONFIG_DM_SERIAL and/or CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL,
the legacy macro no need to be defined.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
systemd prints its messages on the last console= statement that it finds
in the kernel arguments. The current ordering sends the systemd messages
to tty1, by default this is the display.
Ensure that systemd sends its messages to the default UART, reorder the
console= statements accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Only on the sandbox the default EFI binary name (e.g. BOOTX64.EFI) must
match the host architecture.
In all other cases we must use the target architecture.
Use #elif where appropriate.
Reported-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@reproducible-builds.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add am62x_evm_r5_defconfig for R5 SPL and am62x_evm_a53_defconfig for
A53 SPL and U-Boot support.
To keep the changes to minimum. Only UART And SD boot related configs
are included. This should serve as good starting point for new board
bringup with AM62x.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
[trini: Migrate a number of CONFIG symbols, have re-tested]
Tested-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce autogenerated SoC data support clk and device data for the
AM62. Hook it upto to power-domain and clk frameworks of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add pinctrl macros for AM62x SoCs. These macro definitions are similar
to that of previous platforms, but adding new definitions to avoid any
naming confusions in the SoC dts files.
checkpatch insists the following error exists:
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
However, we do not need parentheses enclosing the values for this
macro as we do intend it to generate two separate values as has been
done for other similar platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
This is the initial support for Broadcom's ARM-based 47622 SOC.
In this change, our first SOC is an armv7 platform called 47622. The
initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with ARM
PL011 uart.
The SOC-specific code resides in arch/arm/mach-bcmbca/<soc> and board
related code is in board/broadcom/bcmba.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kursad Oney <kursad.oney@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gore <anand.gore@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This adds support for "nvmem cells" as seen in Linux. The nvmem device
class in Linux is used for various assorted ROMs and EEPROMs. In this
sense, it is similar to UCLASS_MISC, but also includes
UCLASS_I2C_EEPROM, UCLASS_RTC, and UCLASS_MTD. New drivers corresponding
to a Linux-style nvmem device should be implemented as one of the
previously-mentioned uclasses. The nvmem API acts as a compatibility
layer to adapt the (slightly different) APIs of these uclasses. It also
handles the lookup of nvmem cells.
While nvmem devices can be accessed directly, they are most often used
by reading/writing contiguous values called "cells". Cells typically
hold information like calibration, versions, or configuration (such as
mac addresses).
nvmem devices can specify "cells" in their device tree:
qfprom: eeprom@700000 {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
reg = <0x00700000 0x100000>;
/* ... */
tsens_calibration: calib@404 {
reg = <0x404 0x10>;
};
};
which can then be referenced like:
tsens {
/* ... */
nvmem-cells = <&tsens_calibration>;
nvmem-cell-names = "calibration";
};
The tsens driver could then read the calibration value like:
struct nvmem_cell cal_cell;
u8 cal[16];
nvmem_cell_get_by_name(dev, "calibration", &cal_cell);
nvmem_cell_read(&cal_cell, cal, sizeof(cal));
Because nvmem devices are not all of the same uclass, supported uclasses
must register a nvmem_interface struct. This allows CONFIG_NVMEM to be
enabled without depending on specific uclasses. At the moment,
nvmem_interface is very bare-bones, and assumes that no initialization
is necessary. However, this could be amended in the future.
Although I2C_EEPROM and MISC are quite similar (and could likely be
unified), they present different read/write function signatures. To
abstract over this, NVMEM uses the same read/write signature as Linux.
In particular, short read/writes are not allowed, which is allowed by
MISC.
The functionality implemented by nvmem cells is very similar to that
provided by i2c_eeprom_partition. "fixed-partition"s for eeproms does
not seem to have made its way into Linux or into any device tree other
than sandbox. It is possible that with the introduction of this API it
would be possible to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Add some fallback functions for when i2c_eeprom is disabled. This allows
code to reference i2c_eeprom_* functions without needing to check
whether support has been compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
i2c_eeprom_ops->write uses a const buf, so use one for the wrapper
function as well.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the device returns used buffers, it should refer to the descriptor
that is the head of the descriptor chain for that buffer. Confirm this
to be the case by tracking the head of descriptor chains that have been
made available to the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The shared descriptors should only be written by the guest driver,
however, the device is still able to overwrite and corrupt them.
Maintain a private shadow copy of the descriptors for the driver to
use for state tracking, removing the need to read from the shared
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow to compile assembler files in SPL build which calls WATCHDOG_RESET
function when watchdog is disabled in SPL and enabled in U-Boot proper.
This issue was fixed in past by commit 7fbd42f5af ("watchdog: Handle SPL
build with watchdog disabled") for C source files, but not for assembler
source files.
Currently the only assembler source file which calls WATCHDOG_RESET is
arch/powerpc/lib/ticks.S, so this patch affects and fixes powerpc SPL
builds.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
rootwait=1 is not a valid kernel boot parameters. According
to the documenation is only rootwait
rootwait [KNL] Wait (indefinitely) for root device to show up.
Useful for devices that are detected asynchronously
(e.g. USB and MMC devices).
Fix:
Unknown kernel command line parameters "rootwait=1", will be passed to user space.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The bi_enetaddr field in struct bd_info is write-only; nothing ever
reads back the value.
Moreover, the value we write is more or less random, and certainly not
something one can rely on: If the board has a writable environment and
the mac address has been stored there, we fetch that value. But if the
board doesn't, this code runs before initr_net() -> eth_initialize(),
and thus before the code in eth-uclass which fetches MAC addresses
from eeprom, fuses or whatnot and populates the (run-time) environment
with those values.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Static events do not currently work post-relocation for boards that enable
CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC. Relocate event handler pointers for all event
spies to fix this.
Tested on Microblaze.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
CONFIG_DM_EVENT without CONFIG_EVENT is non-functional.
Let CONFIG_DM_EVENT depend on CONFIG_EVENT.
Remove superfluous stub in include/event.h.
Fixes: 5b896ed585 ("event: Add events for device probe/remove")
Reported-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
CONFIG_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE was made obsolete by
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_{SPI,MMC,SATA,UART}.
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_SPI is the default so existing users of
CONFIG_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE can simply have the option removed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_FIXED_SDHCI_ALIGNED_BUFFER is needed on some Marvell SoCs when
booting from MMC. All existing usages of this have the same value so
make this the default and have the Kconfig option depend on SPL &&
MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_MMC.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some cases, when we don't use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK nor are we on
PowerPC using their specific SPL/TPL framework, we need to specify the
start.S file to use for these typically very constrained systems. Do
this within the Makefile logic, rather than introducing a string-based
CONFIG option, as this would get slightly complex to do in Kconfig for a
very limited number of users.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The address where the device tree will be passed in to U-Boot at is now
moved to the Kconfig file. If this is user configurable, it needs to be
exposed rather than hidden, and should probably be renamed as well.
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR
In doing so, we also consistently use this variable for SPL_OS_BOOT and
not CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is mostly unused. In the case where it is currently used, it means
the same as CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO, which is already set for the platform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
We introduce a default value here as well, and CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC to
control if we have a malloc pool or not.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_MALLOC_ADDR
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_MALLOC_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the Kconfig entry to have the correct defaults for i.MX7
platforms, and move the existing large comment from imx7_spl.h to
doc/imx/common/imx7.txt so that it's not lost.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the Kconfig entry to have the correct defaults for i.MX6
platforms, and move the existing large comment from imx6_spl.h to
doc/imx/common/imx6.txt so that it's not lost.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
- Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack
pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation.
- On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not
set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them.
- On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting
GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation.
- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most
board config header files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a number of CONFIG symbols today that are of the form:
SYM1 = CONST1 + CONST2
or other static math operations (shifts, etc). The issue is that by
moving these to Kconfig we no longer have the ability to calculate these
values, so they become less flexible and useful. It's also the case
that sometimes a platform will just define SYM1 directly or perform a
slightly different set of calculations. We introduce this header now to
have a place to start to handle these cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE to tell us how large the generated
global data is, so do not use a hard-coded value of 1024 for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the places where PowerPC references CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET it
does so as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET). And
it defines CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET in the same manner that other
architectures define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET. Other architectures
define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET) typically. Rename things within PowerPC for
consistency with other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is only referenced by PowerPC code in a way other than
directly as CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Switch to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is only referenced by PowerPC code in a way other than
directly as CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Switch to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some cases, we define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR differently for SPL or
full U-Boot. This case should be making use of CONFIG_SPL_STACK, as
that's what that variable is for. In a few other cases we define
CONFIG_SPL_STACK directly to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR, but do not need to
as the code handles this correctly, normally.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The definition of CONFIG_SPL_BOOTROM_SAVE is always a fixed
CONFIG_SPL_STACK + 4, while CONFIG_SPL_STACK is not constant. This
change will make it clear where the location is still, once
CONFIG_SPL_STACK moves to Kconfig.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of PowerPC platforms define this, for SPL. To move this to
Kconfig, it needs to be CONFIG_SPL_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE, so use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to check for usage. A number of layerscape
platforms bring this logic from PowerPC, but only need a small part of
it, for the fman driver. Remove their unused portion at least.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
The problem here is that a few platforms have been doing:
#ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
#define CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
#endif
instead of defining CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE directly. Correct this
and update the documentation in a few places to match usage.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
Note that the da850evm platforms were violating the "only use one" rule
here, and so now hard-code their BSS limit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
CONFIG_TPL_MAX_SIZE
Note that we need to make TPL_MAX_SIZE be hex, and so move and convert the
existing places.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
CONFIG_SPL_FLUSH_IMAGE
CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is only referenced in non-SPL_DM cases, of which there are
currently none. Remove this option and slightly re-organize the code is
there is now never an if/else at the start of spl_sata_load_image()
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is always defined to 2, and referenced in two places. Move the
define to <asm/omap_common.h> and make sure the code that uses this
includes that file. Make <asm/arch-omap*/clock.h> not include that
file, as we don't need to be doing so.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Nicolas Bidron and Nicolas Guigo reported the two bugs below:
"
----------BUG 1----------
In compiled versions of U-Boot that define CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG, a value of
`ip->ip_len` (IP packet header's Total Length) higher than `IP_HDR_SIZE`
and strictly lower than `IP_HDR_SIZE+8` will lead to a value for `len`
comprised between `0` and `7`. This will ultimately result in a
truncated division by `8` resulting value of `0` forcing the hole
metadata and fragment to point to the same location. The subsequent
memcopy will overwrite the hole metadata with the fragment data. Through
a second fragment, this can be exploited to write to an arbitrary offset
controlled by that overwritten hole metadata value.
This bug is only exploitable locally as it requires crafting two packets
the first of which would most likely be dropped through routing due to
its unexpectedly low Total Length. However, this bug can potentially be
exploited to root linux based embedded devices locally.
```C
static struct ip_udp_hdr *__net_defragment(struct ip_udp_hdr *ip, int *lenp)
{
static uchar pkt_buff[IP_PKTSIZE] __aligned(PKTALIGN);
static u16 first_hole, total_len;
struct hole *payload, *thisfrag, *h, *newh;
struct ip_udp_hdr *localip = (struct ip_udp_hdr *)pkt_buff;
uchar *indata = (uchar *)ip;
int offset8, start, len, done = 0;
u16 ip_off = ntohs(ip->ip_off);
/* payload starts after IP header, this fragment is in there */
payload = (struct hole *)(pkt_buff + IP_HDR_SIZE);
offset8 = (ip_off & IP_OFFS);
thisfrag = payload + offset8;
start = offset8 * 8;
len = ntohs(ip->ip_len) - IP_HDR_SIZE;
```
The last line of the previous excerpt from `u-boot/net/net.c` shows how
the attacker can control the value of `len` to be strictly lower than
`8` by issuing a packet with `ip_len` between `21` and `27`
(`IP_HDR_SIZE` has a value of `20`).
Also note that `offset8` here is `0` which leads to `thisfrag = payload`.
```C
} else if (h >= thisfrag) {
/* overlaps with initial part of the hole: move this hole */
newh = thisfrag + (len / 8);
*newh = *h;
h = newh;
if (h->next_hole)
payload[h->next_hole].prev_hole = (h - payload);
if (h->prev_hole)
payload[h->prev_hole].next_hole = (h - payload);
else
first_hole = (h - payload);
} else {
```
Lower down the same function, execution reaches the above code path.
Here, `len / 8` evaluates to `0` leading to `newh = thisfrag`. Also note
that `first_hole` here is `0` since `h` and `payload` point to the same
location.
```C
/* finally copy this fragment and possibly return whole packet */
memcpy((uchar *)thisfrag, indata + IP_HDR_SIZE, len);
```
Finally, in the above excerpt the `memcpy` overwrites the hole metadata
since `thisfrag` and `h` both point to the same location. The hole
metadata is effectively overwritten with arbitrary data from the
fragmented IP packet data. If `len` was crafted to be `6`, `last_byte`,
`next_hole`, and `prev_hole` of the `first_hole` can be controlled by
the attacker.
Finally the arbitrary offset write occurs through a second fragment that
only needs to be crafted to write data in the hole pointed to by the
previously controlled hole metadata (`next_hole`) from the first packet.
### Recommendation
Handle cases where `len` is strictly lower than 8 by preventing the
overwrite of the hole metadata during the memcpy of the fragment. This
could be achieved by either:
* Moving the location where the hole metadata is stored when `len` is
lower than `8`.
* Or outright rejecting fragmented IP datagram with a Total Length
(`ip_len`) lower than 28 bytes which is the minimum valid fragmented IP
datagram size (as defined as the minimum fragment of 8 octets in the IP
Specification Document:
[RFC791](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc791) page 25).
----------BUG 2----------
In compiled versions of U-Boot that define CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG, a value of
`ip->ip_len` (IP packet header's Total Length) lower than `IP_HDR_SIZE`
will lead to a negative value for `len` which will ultimately result in
a buffer overflow during the subsequent `memcpy` that uses `len` as it's
`count` parameter.
This bug is only exploitable on local ethernet as it requires crafting
an invalid packet to include an unexpected `ip_len` value in the IP UDP
header that's lower than the minimum accepted Total Length of a packet
(21 as defined in the IP Specification Document:
[RFC791](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc791)). Such packet
would in all likelihood be dropped while being routed to its final
destination through most routing equipment and as such requires the
attacker to be in a local position in order to be exploited.
```C
static struct ip_udp_hdr *__net_defragment(struct ip_udp_hdr *ip, int *lenp)
{
static uchar pkt_buff[IP_PKTSIZE] __aligned(PKTALIGN);
static u16 first_hole, total_len;
struct hole *payload, *thisfrag, *h, *newh;
struct ip_udp_hdr *localip = (struct ip_udp_hdr *)pkt_buff;
uchar *indata = (uchar *)ip;
int offset8, start, len, done = 0;
u16 ip_off = ntohs(ip->ip_off);
/* payload starts after IP header, this fragment is in there */
payload = (struct hole *)(pkt_buff + IP_HDR_SIZE);
offset8 = (ip_off & IP_OFFS);
thisfrag = payload + offset8;
start = offset8 * 8;
len = ntohs(ip->ip_len) - IP_HDR_SIZE;
```
The last line of the previous excerpt from `u-boot/net/net.c` shows
where the underflow to a negative `len` value occurs if `ip_len` is set
to a value strictly lower than 20 (`IP_HDR_SIZE` being 20). Also note
that in the above excerpt the `pkt_buff` buffer has a size of
`CONFIG_NET_MAXDEFRAG` which defaults to 16 KB but can range from 1KB to
64 KB depending on configurations.
```C
/* finally copy this fragment and possibly return whole packet */
memcpy((uchar *)thisfrag, indata + IP_HDR_SIZE, len);
```
In the above excerpt the `memcpy` overflows the destination by
attempting to make a copy of nearly 4 gigabytes in a buffer that's
designed to hold `CONFIG_NET_MAXDEFRAG` bytes at most which leads to a DoS.
### Recommendation
Stop processing of the packet if `ip_len` is lower than 21 (as defined
by the minimum length of a data carrying datagram in the IP
Specification Document:
[RFC791](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc791) page 34)."
Add a check for ip_len lesser than 28 and stop processing the packet
in this case.
Such a check covers the two reported bugs.
Reported-by: Nicolas Bidron <nicolas.bidron@nccgroup.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This commit fixes the following compile warnings
for the documentation.
./include/charset.h:276: warning: Function parameter or member 'size' not described in 'u16_strlcat'
./include/charset.h:276: warning: Excess function parameter 'count' description in 'u16_strlcat'
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This helper function will be used to determine if the device is
removable media, initially for handling a short-path loading.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Set kernel_comp_addr_r and kernel_comp_size for compressed kernel.
Adjust existing addresses for ramdisk, so that kernel_comp_addr_r
comes before the ramdisk image, since the decompressed kernel size
is known to us. This way we can allow big ramdisk image to be loaded.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Set kernel_comp_addr_r and kernel_comp_size for compressed kernel.
Adjust existing addresses for ramdisk, so that kernel_comp_addr_r
comes before the ramdisk image, since the decompressed kernel size
is known to us. This way we can allow big ramdisk image to be loaded.
Update unleashed.rst to remove the manual environment configuration
for compressed kernel boot.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Move kernel_comp_addr_r to an address that comes before the ramdisk
image, since the decompressed kernel size is known to us. This way
we can allow big ramdisk image to be loaded.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
zynqmp:
- Fix DP PLL configuration for zcu102/zcu106 and SOM
- Fix split mode for starting R5s
- DT fixes
- Remove firmware node for mini configurations
- Wire TEE for multi DTB fit image
xilinx:
- Handle board_get_usable_ram_top(0) properly
phy:
- Extend psgtr timeout
mmc:
- Fix mini configuration which misses zynqmp_pm_is_function_supported()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYo4bYwAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
IYmTAJ9t4GDXggJ7ErB3Kk7/qSrywjEGAgCgnKQVgQvjo1B6o5aiwbk1wR86zkQ=
=W7X8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2022.07-rc4' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2022.07-rc4
zynqmp:
- Fix DP PLL configuration for zcu102/zcu106 and SOM
- Fix split mode for starting R5s
- DT fixes
- Remove firmware node for mini configurations
- Wire TEE for multi DTB fit image
xilinx:
- Handle board_get_usable_ram_top(0) properly
phy:
- Extend psgtr timeout
mmc:
- Fix mini configuration which misses zynqmp_pm_is_function_supported()
The bulk of it is (finally!) some DT sync from the kernel. We refrained
from syncing one incompatible change, as this would spoil booting Linux
kernels before v5.13 with U-Boot's DT (via UEFI, for instance).
I test booted Linux v5.18 and v5.4 with that new DT on some boards, and
the headless peripherals (MMC, USB, Ethernet) seemed to work.
The rest are fixes:
- silencing missing clock warnings due to the new pinctrl driver
- fixing "UART0 on PortF", allowing UART access through the SD card pins
- add an F1C100s clock driver, to enable MMC support (SPI comes later)
- some cleanups for CONS_INDEX_n in Kconfig
Tested on BananaPi-M1, Pine64-LTS, Pine-H64, X96-Mate (H616) and
OrangePi-Zero.
Some devices enumerate various clocks in their DT, and many drivers
just blanketly try to enable all of them. This creates problems
since we only model a few gate clocks, and the clock driver outputs
a warning when a clock is not described:
=========
sunxi_set_gate: (CLK#3) unhandled
=========
Some clocks don't have an enable bit, or are already enabled in a
different way, so we might want to just ignore them.
Add a CCU_CLK_F_DUMMY_GATE flag that indicates that case, and define
a GATE_DUMMY macro that can be used in the clock description array.
Define a few clocks, used by some pinctrl devices, that way to suppress
the runtime warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Use the de10-nano files as templates for the de10-standard board.
The files in qts directory are generated by quartus from the GHRD
design.
Signed-off-by: Humberto Naves <hsnaves@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
commit ffb0f6f488 ("treewide: Rename PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NONE to
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA") broke the phy_string_for_interface function.
Fix it.
Fixes ffb0f6f488 ("treewide: Rename PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NONE to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Now, spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() relies on DT for spi speed and mode
and logically calls spi_get_bus_and_cs(). In case spi mode and speed are
not read from DT, make usage of spi_flash_probe() instead.
To sum-up:
- Previous call tree was:
spi_flash_probe() -> spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() -> spi_get_bus_and_cs()
- Current call tree is:
spi_flash_probe() -> _spi_get_bus_and_cs()
spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() -> spi_get_bus_and_cs()
This patch impacts the following :
- cmd/sf.c: if spi mode and/or speed is passed in argument of
do_spi_flash_probe(), call spi_flash_probe() otherwise call
spi_flash_probe_bus_cs().
- drivers/net/fm/fm.c: as by default spi speed and mode was set to
0 and a comment indicates that speed and mode are read from DT,
use spi_flash_probe_bus_cs().
- drivers/net/pfe_eth/pfe_firmware.c: spi speed and mode are not read
from DT by all platforms using this driver, so keep legacy and replace
spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() by spi_flash_probe();
- drivers/net/sni_netsec.c : spi speed and mode are not read from DT,
so replace spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() by spi_flash_probe().
- drivers/usb/gadget/max3420_udc.c: Can't find any platform which make
usage of this driver, nevertheless, keep legacy and replace
spi_get_bus_and_cs() by _spi_get_bus_and_cs().
- env/sf.c: a comment indicates that speed and mode are read
from DT. So use spi_flash_probe_bus_cs().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: "Pali Rohár" <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Cc: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Anji J <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Cc: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Chaitanya Sakinam <chaitanya.sakinam@nxp.com>
Move legacy spi_get_bus_and_cs() code to _spi_get_bus_and_cs().
Add new spi_get_bus_and_cs() implementation which rely on DT
for speed and mode and don't need any drv_name nor dev_name
parameters. This will prepare the ground for next patch.
Update all callers to use _spi_get_bus_and_cs() to keep the
same behavior.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: "Pali Rohár" <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Cc: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Anji J <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Cc: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Chaitanya Sakinam <chaitanya.sakinam@nxp.com>
Add support for DH electronics i.MX8M Plus DHCOM SoM on PDK2 carrier board.
Currently supported are serial console, EQoS and FEC ethernets, eMMC, SD,
SPI NOR and USB 3.0 host.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Some devicetree updates make use of newly-exposed clocks and resets.
To support that, copy the binding headers from the Linux v5.18-rc1 tag.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Use phy address from device tree instead of CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR from
board header. This is required, because the DH picoITX and DRC02 boards
require different settings than PDK2. The corresponding 'phy-handle'
device tree properties are already there.
I tested this change on picoITX and DRC02, but on PDK2 it is untested.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Add PCA9450 regulator driver. This is complementary driver for the BUCKn
and LDOn regulators provided by the PCA9450 PMIC driver. Currently the
driver permits reading the settngs and configuring the BUCKn and LDOn
regulators.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The Bosch ACC (Air Center Control) Board is based on the i.MX6D.
The device tree is copied from Linux, see [1]. The only difference
compared to the Linux DT is the removal of usbphynop properties. They are
defined in the Linux version of imx6qdl.dtsi, but not in the u-boot
version.
[1] Commit 6192cf8ac082 from
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shawnguo/linux.git
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
When the device tree indicates support for role switching through
the "usb-role-switch" property, take the "role-switch-default-mode"
property into account when deciding which role to put the
controller into.
This makes USB devices work on Apple M1 systems where the device
tree may include a "dr_mode" property that is set to "otg", but
where we need to put the controller into "host" mode to see
devices connected to the type-C ports.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC is defined in the imx-regs.h include file and thus
does not need to be defined in the various board config includes.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The IMX8MP SoC FEC needs to have the FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC defined.
Fixes: commit 2395625209 ("board: gateworks: venice: add imx8mp-venice-gw740x support")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The IMX8M based Venice boards all have device-tree fec nodes that
use proper dt with a phy-handle pointing to a phy with reg assigned
to the proper phy address.
There is no need to keep using the CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR hack when
a proper dt is used - remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Introduce helper macro UART_BASE_ADDR(n), which returns Nth UART base
address. Convert all board configurations to this new macro. This is the
first step toward switching CONFIG_MXC_UART_BASE to Kconfig. This is a
clean up, no functional change.
The new macro contains compile-time test to verify N is in suitable
range. The test works such that it multiplies constant N by constant
double-negation of size of a non-empty structure, i.e. it multiplies
constant N by constant 1 in each successful compilation case.
The non-empty structure may contain C11 _Static_assert(), make use of
this and place the kernel variant of static assert in there, so that
it performs the compile-time check for N in the correct range. Note
that it is not possible to directly use static_assert in compound
statements, hence this convoluted construct.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Introduce helper macro UART_BASE_ADDR(n), which returns Nth UART base
address. Convert all board configurations to this new macro. This is the
first step toward switching CONFIG_MXC_UART_BASE to Kconfig. This is a
clean up, no functional change.
The new macro contains compile-time test to verify N is in suitable
range. The test works such that it multiplies constant N by constant
double-negation of size of a non-empty structure, i.e. it multiplies
constant N by constant 1 in each successful compilation case.
The non-empty structure may contain C11 _Static_assert(), make use of
this and place the kernel variant of static assert in there, so that
it performs the compile-time check for N in the correct range. Note
that it is not possible to directly use static_assert in compound
statements, hence this convoluted construct.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
RNG Hardware error is reported due to incorrect entropy delay
rng self test are run to determine the correct ent_dly.
test is executed with different voltage and temperature to identify the
worst case value for ent_dly. after adding a margin value(1000),
ent_dly should be at least 12000.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
STM32 programmer improvements
video: support several LTDC HW versions and fix data enable polarity
board: fix stboard error message, consider USB cable connected when boot device is USB
configs: stm32mp1: set console variable for extlinux.conf
configs: stm32mp1: add support for baudrate higher than 115200 for ST-Link
ARM: stm32mp: Fix Silicon version handling and ft_system_setup()
phy: stm32-usbphyc: Add DT phy tuning support
arm: dts: stm32mp15: alignment with v5.18
ram: Conditionally enable ASR
mach-stm32mp: psci: retain MCUDIVR, PLL3CR, PLL4CR, MSSCKSELR across suspend
configs: Use TFTP_TSIZE on DHSOM and STMicroelectronics boards
ARM: stm32: Use default CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE on DHSOM
pinctrl: stm32: rework GPIO holes management
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=s7xn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220510' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm
Add new STM32 MCU boards and Documentation
STM32 programmer improvements
video: support several LTDC HW versions and fix data enable polarity
board: fix stboard error message, consider USB cable connected when boot device is USB
configs: stm32mp1: set console variable for extlinux.conf
configs: stm32mp1: add support for baudrate higher than 115200 for ST-Link
ARM: stm32mp: Fix Silicon version handling and ft_system_setup()
phy: stm32-usbphyc: Add DT phy tuning support
arm: dts: stm32mp15: alignment with v5.18
ram: Conditionally enable ASR
mach-stm32mp: psci: retain MCUDIVR, PLL3CR, PLL4CR, MSSCKSELR across suspend
configs: Use TFTP_TSIZE on DHSOM and STMicroelectronics boards
ARM: stm32: Use default CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE on DHSOM
pinctrl: stm32: rework GPIO holes management
As stm32f46-disco, stm32f769-disco and stm32746g-eval are very similar
except their respective device tree file. These 3 boards uses the same
TARGET_STM32F746_DISCO flag (so same include/configs/stm32f746-disco.h
and same board file board/st/stm32f746-disco/stm32f746-disco.c)
To be able to compile these 3 boards, replace the hard-coded device-tree
name in include/configs/stm32f746-disco.h by CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE
which is set in each board defconfig file with the correct value.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This allows to concatenate spl and u-boot binaries together.
Previously, both binaries has to be flashed separately at the correct
offset (spl at offset 0 and u-boot at offset 0x8000).
With this patch, only one binary is generated (u-boot-with-spl.bin)
and has to be copied in flash at offset 0 using openocd for example
or simply copied in exported mass storage.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On STMicroelectronics boards, the UART can reliably go up to
2000000 bauds when connected to the on-board ST-LINK-V2 for STM32MP15
Unfortunately U-Boot will fall back to 115200 unless higher rates are
declared via CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE.
This patch add the support of higher baudrates on STMicroelectronics
boards with ST-LINK.
Cc: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Set the environment variable "console", used in extlinux.conf file when it
is generated by YOCTO distribution with:
UBOOT_EXTLINUX_CONSOLE ??= "console=${console},${baudrate}"
With these 2 variables, U-Boot give dynamically the used console and
baudrate in the Linux kernel bootargs.
For the STMicroelectronics boards, the used console is ttySTM0.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The TPS65219 I2S PMIC features 3 Buck converters and 4 linear regulators,
2 GPOs, 1 GPIO, and 3 multi-function-pin.
This adds the PMIC driver, loading the regulator sub-nodes.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
For CONFIG_DM_SERIAL it is required to increase CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN as
default value is not enough for memory hungry CONFIG_DM_SERIAL code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Merlijn Wajer <merlijn@wizzup.org>
UEFI:
* Fix build errors due to
- using sed with non-standard extension for regular expression
- target architecture not recognized for CROSS_COMPILE=armv7a-*
- CONFIG_EVENT not selected
* add sha384/512 on certificate revocation
Others:
* factor out the user input handling in bootmenu command
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Kdu1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc3-2' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc3-2
UEFI:
* Fix build errors due to
- using sed with non-standard extension for regular expression
- target architecture not recognized for CROSS_COMPILE=armv7a-*
- CONFIG_EVENT not selected
* add sha384/512 on certificate revocation
Others:
* factor out the user input handling in bootmenu command
Currently we don't support sha384/512 for the X.509 certificate
in dbx. Moreover if we come across such a hash we skip the check
and approve the image, although the image might needs to be rejected.
Rework the code a bit and fix it by adding an array of structs with the
supported GUIDs, len and literal used in the U-Boot crypto APIs instead
of hardcoding the GUID types.
It's worth noting here that efi_hash_regions() can now be reused from
efi_signature_lookup_digest() and add sha348/512 support there as well
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit moves the user input handling from cmd/bootmenu.c
to common/menu.c to reuse it from other modules.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If a gpt table is corrupted (after a power cut
for example), then the gpt table should repaired.
The function gpt_repair_headers check if at least
one gpt table is valid, and then only write the
corrupted gpt table.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
We currently overflow due to wrong types used internally in rtc_mktime,
on all platforms, and we return a too small type on 32-bit.
One consumer that directly benefits from this is mktime64. Many others
may still store the result in a wrong type.
While at it, drop the redundant cast of mon in rtc_mktime (obsoleted by
714209832d).
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Currently, in case of arm64 bootloader and U-Boot the stack pointer is
initialized at an offset of NON_SECURE_MSRAM_SIZE from arm64 SPL's text
base address. After jumping to arm64, execution is done out of DDR.
Therefore, having an offset corresponding to the size of MSRAM does not
have any significance.
Instead, initialize the stack pointer after an offset of 4MB from the SPL
text base address. This helps in allocating larger memory for stack.
┌────────────────────┐0x80080000
│ │
│ arm64 SPL │
├────────────────────┤
│ ▲ │
│ │ │
│ STACK │
├────────────────────┤0x80480000
│ Memory for Load │
│ Buffer Allocation │
├────────────────────┤0x80800000
│ │
│ U-Boot Image │
│ │
└────────────────────┘
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add clock controller driver for NPCM750
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanley Chu <yschu@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
* Test
Unit test for 'bootmenu' command
* UEFI
Preparatory patches for implementing a UEFI boot options based menu
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=bl7A
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc2-2' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc2-2
* Test
Unit test for 'bootmenu' command
* UEFI
Preparatory patches for implementing a UEFI boot options based menu
Add helper to resolve PHY node from it's ofnode via DM MDIO subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables the Kconfig symbols needed for full ethernet support
on the EBB7304. Also the PHY autonegotiation timeout is increased, as
the default 5 seconds are sometime a bit short. With this, ethernet can
be used on this board. Here an example of a tftp load:
=> tftp ffffffff81000000 big
ethernet-mac-nexus@11800e0000000 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete....... done
Using ethernet-mac-nexus@11800e0000000 device
TFTP from server 192.168.1.5; our IP address is 192.168.1.243
Filename 'big'.
Load address: 0xffffffff81000000
Loading: ################################################## 10 MiB
13.2 MiB/s
done
Bytes transferred = 10485760 (a00000 hex)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch moves CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET to a higher address so that
it does not interfere with larger U-Boot images. This was noticed, while
adding network support to the EBB7304 board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a mask parameter to control the lookup of the PCI region from which
the mapping can be made.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add mask parameter and reorder length parameter to match the other PCI
address conversion functions. Using PCI_REGION_TYPE as the mask gives
the old behaviour.
It's converted from a macro to an inline function as the length
parameter is now used twice, but should only be calculated once.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When converting addresses, apply a mask to the region flags during
lookup. This allows the caller to specify which flags are important and
which are not, for example to exclude system memory regions.
The behaviour of the function is changed such that they don't
preferentially search for a non-system memory region. However, system
memory regions are added after other regions in decode_regions() leading
to a similar outcome.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Evolve dm_pci_map_bar() to include an offset and length parameter. These
allow a portion of the memory to be mapped and range checks to be
applied.
Passing both the offset and length as zero results in the previous
behaviour and this is used to migrate the previous callers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When converting between PCI bus and physical addresses, include a length
parameter that can be used to check that the entire range fits within
one of the PCI regions. This prevents an address being returned that
might be only partially valid for the range it is going to be used for.
Where the range check is not wanted, passing a length of 0 will have the
same behaviour as before this change.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The flags parameter of dm_pci_map_bar() is used for PCI region flags
rather than memory mapping flags. Fix the type to match that of the
region flags and stop using the regions flags as memory mapping flags.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Under the current implementation, booting from removable media using
a architecture-specific default image name, say BOOTAA64.EFI, is
supported only in distro_bootcmd script. See the commit 74522c898b
("efi_loader: Add distro boot script for removable media").
This is, however, half-baked implementation because
1) UEFI specification requires this feature to be implemented as part
of Boot Manager's responsibility:
3 - Boot Manager
3.5.1 Boot via the Simple File Protocol
When booting via the EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL, the FilePath will
start with a device path that points to the device that implements the
EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL or the EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL. The next
part of the FilePath may point to the file name, including
subdirectories, which contain the bootable image. If the file name is
a null device path, the file name must be generated from the rules
defined below.
...
3.5.1.1 Removable Media Boot Behavior
To generate a file name when none is present in the FilePath, the
firmware must append a default file name in the form
\EFI\BOOT\BOOT{machine type short-name}.EFI ...
2) So (1) entails the hehavior that the user's preference of boot media
order should be determined by Boot#### and BootOrder variables.
With this patch, the semantics mentioned above is fully implemented.
For example, if you want to boot the system from USB and SCSI in this
order,
* define Boot0001 which contains only a device path to the USB device
(without any file path/name)
* define Boot0002 which contains only a device path to the SCSI device,
and
* set BootOrder to Boot0001:Boot0002
To avoid build error for sandbox, default file name "BOOTSANDBOX.efi"
is defined even if it is out of scope of UEFI specification.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
On sandbox use binary name corresponding to host architecture.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This function will be used in the next commit where some behavior
of EFI boot manager will be expanded.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Provide u16 string version of strlcat().
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
To quote the author:
U-Boot provides a verified-boot feature based around FIT, but there is
no standard way of implementing it for a board. At present the various
required pieces must be built up separately, to produce a working
implementation. In particular, there is no built-in support for selecting
A/B boot or recovery mode.
This series introduces VPL, a verified program loader phase for U-Boot.
Its purpose is to run the verified-boot process and decide which SPL
binary should be run. It is critical that this decision happens before
SPL runs, since SPL sets up SDRAM and we need to be able to update the
SDRAM-init code in the field.
Adding VPL into the boot flow provides a standard place to implement
verified boot. This series includes the phase itself, some useful Kconfig
options and a sandbox_vpl build for sandbox. No verfied-boot support is
provided in this series.
Most of the patches in this series are fixes and improvements to docs and
various Kconfig conditions for SPL.
Add support for VPL, a new phase of U-Boot. This runs after TPL. It is
responsible for selecting which SPL binary to run, based on a
verified-boot process.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Zyxel NSA310s board has the network chip Marvell Alaska 88E1318S.
Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310 driver to bring
up Ethernet.
- Use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Remove CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Add phy mode RGMII to kirkwood-nsa310s.dts
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/zyxel/nsa310s/nsa310s.h, add support for large USB and SATA HDDs,
use BIT macro, add/cleanup comments, and cosmetic changes.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220412201820.10291-1-mibodhi@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
U-Boot for Turris Omnia is always compiled with MMC, SCSI and USB support,
so always enable macros for booting from these devices.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
CONFIG_ETHPRIME defines primary ethernet device and env variable $ethact
stores currently active ethernet device.
So there is no point to set ethact= in default environment. Instead set
CONFIG_ETHPRIME properly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This function is empty, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND flag, which can be set by driver or
uclass in .bind(), to indicate such driver instance should be probe()d
once binding of all devices is complete.
This is useful in case the driver determines that hardware initialization
is mandatory on boot, and such initialization happens only in probe().
This also solves the inability to call device_probe() from .bind().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Replace hardcoded i2c hex values for NOR banks by named SW macros in
map_lowernorbank/map_uppernorbank env commands.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Replace hardcoded boot i2c bus num and address by existing macros when
generating env for CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
Same macros are used in U-Boot board code when reading information from
boot i2c data.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Do not stringify env $vscfw_addr two times (once implicitly via string
operator "" and second time explicitly via __stringify() macro) and allow
to compile U-Boot without CONFIG_VSC7385_ENET (when __VSCFW_ADDR was not
defined and so macro name was stringified into CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
As written in comment, P2020 has two possible SD switch configurations.
Extend code to detect both of them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
With the commit that moves the BOOTCOMMAND to Kconfig:
970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
some stray ifdefs have been left in the header files which
are now useless.
Clean up the include files to remove these lines.
Fixes: 970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
As removal of nds32 has been ack'd for the Linux kernel, remove support
here as well.
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
To quote the author:
The bootflow feature provide a built-in way for U-Boot to automatically
boot an Operating System without custom scripting and other customisation.
This is called 'standard boot' since it provides a standard way for
U-Boot to boot a distro, without scripting.
It introduces the following concepts:
- bootdev - a device which can hold a distro
- bootmeth - a method to scan a bootdev to find bootflows (owned by
U-Boot)
- bootflow - a description of how to boot (owned by the distro)
This series provides an implementation of these, enabled to scan for
bootflows from MMC, USB and Ethernet. It supports the existing distro
boot as well as the EFI loader flow (bootefi/bootmgr). It works
similiarly to the existing script-based approach, but is native to
U-Boot.
With this we can boot on a Raspberry Pi 3 with just one command:
bootflow scan -lb
which means to scan, listing (-l) each bootflow and trying to boot each
one (-b). The final patch shows this.
With a standard way to identify boot devices, booting become easier. It
also should be possible to support U-Boot scripts, for backwards
compatibility only.
...
The design is described in these two documents:
https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ggW0KJpUOR__vBkj3l61L2dav4ZkNC12/view?usp=sharinghttps://drive.google.com/file/d/1kTrflO9vvGlKp-ZH_jlgb9TY3WYG6FF9/view?usp=sharing
Add a set of combined tests for the bootdev, bootflow and bootmeth
commands, along with associated functionality.
Expand the sandbox console-recording limit so that these can work.
These tests rely on a filesystem script which is not yet added to the
Python tests. It is included here as a shell script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootdev driver for MMC. It mostly just calls the bootdev helper
function.
Add a function to obtain the block device for an MMC controller.
Fix up the comment for mmc_get_blk_desc() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootmeth driver which handles distro boot from a disk, so we can
boot a bootflow using this commonly used mechanism.
In effect, this provides the same functionality as the 'sysboot' command
and shares the same code. But the interface into it is via a bootmeth.
For now this requires the 'pxe' command be enabled. Future work may tidy
this up so that it can be used without CONFIG_CMDLINE being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A bootmeth is a method of locating an operating system. For now, just
add the uclass itself. Drivers for particular bootmeths are added later.
If no bootmeths devices are included in the devicetree, create them
automatically. This avoids the need for boilerplate in the devicetree
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A 'bootdev' is a device which can be used to boot an operating system.
It is a child of the media device (e.g. MMC) which handles reading files
from that device, such as a bootflow file.
Add a uclass for bootdev and the various helpers needed to make it
work. Also add a binding file, empty for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'bootstd' device provides the central information about U-Boot
standard boot.
Add a uclass for bootstd and the various helpers needed to make it
work. Also add a binding file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A bootflow encapsulates the process used to boot an operating system.
It typically has a control file (such as extlinux.conf) and information
about which 'bootdev' it came from.
Add the header file for this first, since it is needed by all other
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When sandbox is used with hostfs we won't have a block device, but still
must set up the filesystem type before any filesystem operation, such as
loading a file. Add a function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases two devices are related and the only way to tell is to
check that the names partially patch. Add a way to check this without
needing to create a new string for the comparison.
Fix the comment for device_find_child_by_namelen() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems that namelen is more common in U-Boot. Rename this function to
fit in better. Also fix a bug where it breaks the operation of
uclass_get_by_name() and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
At present it is not possible to find out which part of the string is the
number part and which is before it. Add a new variant which provides this
feature, so we can separate the two in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this has a minor bug in that it reads the byte before the
start of the string, if it is empty. Also it doesn't handle a
non-numeric prefix which is only one character long.
Fix these bugs with a reworked implementation. Add a test for the second
case. The first one is hard to test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tweak a few comments to kep sphinx happy, in case we want to include this
file one day.
Also fix the 'exxamine' typo.
Patch-notes:
This uses:
sed -i 's/@param \(\S*\)\s*/@\1: /' include/vsprintf.h
to convert the @param to the new format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On Layerscape platforms, the DTB is loaded from boot filesystem,
per the fdt_addr description in doc/README.distro, it must be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Documentation:
* Document image size parameter of bootefi command
UEFI:
* avoid building partition support in SPL/TPL where not required
* improve integration of EFI subsystem and driver model
* restore ability to boot arbitrary blob
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=a5qc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc1-3' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc1-3
Documentation:
* Document image size parameter of bootefi command
UEFI:
* avoid building partition support in SPL/TPL where not required
* improve integration of EFI subsystem and driver model
* restore ability to boot arbitrary blob
In include/blk.h, Simon suggested:
===>
/*
* These functions should take struct udevice instead of struct blk_desc,
* but this is convenient for migration to driver model. Add a 'd' prefix
* to the function operations, so that blk_read(), etc. can be reserved for
* functions with the correct arguments.
*/
unsigned long blk_dread(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt, void *buffer);
unsigned long blk_dwrite(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt, const void *buffer);
unsigned long blk_derase(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt);
<===
So new interfaces are provided with this patch.
They are expected to be used everywhere in U-Boot at the end.
The exceptions are block device drivers, partition drivers and efi_disk
which should know details of blk_desc structure.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Add efi_disk_probe() function.
This function creates an efi_disk object for a raw disk device (UCLASS_BLK)
and additional objects for related partitions (UCLASS_PARTITION).
So this function is expected to be called through driver model's "probe"
interface every time one raw disk device is detected and activated.
We assume that partition devices (UCLASS_PARTITION) have been created
when this function is invoked.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In the next commit, CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY will become mandated
in order to support dynamic enumeration of efi_disk objects.
This can, however, be problematic particularly in case of file-based
variable storage (efi_variable.c, default).
Non-volatile variables are to be restored from EFI system partition
by efi_init_variables() in efi_init_obj_list(). When efi_init_obj_list()
is called in board_init_r(), we don't know yet what disk devices
we have since none of device probing commands (say, scsi rescan) has not
been executed at that stage.
So in this commit, a preparatory change is made; efi_init_obj_list() is
broken into the two functions;
* efi_init_early(), and
* new efi_init_obj_list()
Only efi_init_early() will be called in board_init_r(), which allows
us to execute any of device probing commands, either though "preboot"
variable or normal command line, before calling efi_init_obj_list() which
is to be invoked at the first execution of an efi-related command
(or at efi_launch_capsules()) as used to be.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
NOTE: probably we have to update config dependencies,
in particular, SPL/TPL_PRINTF?
With this new function, UCLASS_PARTITION devices will be created as
child nodes of UCLASS_BLK device.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Since host_get_dev_errr() is defined in drivers/block/sandbox.c,
the associated function prototype should be in a more appropriate
header file.
Fixes: commit 4101f68792 ("dm: Drop the block_dev_desc_t typedef")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Some defconfig enables CMD_PART even if none of any partition table
types (CONFIG_*_PARTITION) are enabled.
This will lead to the size growth in SPL/TPL code since disk/part.c
will be compiled in any way.
We will change disk/Kconfig later so that CONFIG_PARTITIONS is only
enabled when, at least, one of CONFIG_*_PARTITION is enabled.
To make the build work (in particular, "part" command) correctly,
a few functions should be defined as void functions in case of
!CONFIG_PARTITIONS.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Since CONFIG_[SPL|TPL]_PARTITIONS were introduced, part.h has not been
updated. Due to this, while the build won't fail, some functionality may
possibly break as some partition-related functions are nullified even
though some partition table types are enabled for SPL/TPL.
Fixes: commit 88ca8e2695 ("disk: Add an option for partitions in SPL")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Some errno numbers are used in defining inline functions.
So "errno.h" should be explicitly included to avoid possible build errors.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
distro_bootcmd uses this construct a few times to test $fdt_addr_r,
and fall back on $fdtcontroladdr if not set/invalid:
if fdt addr ${fdt_addr_r}; then
...
else
...
fi
If the `fdt addr` test fails, it prints the following message on the
console, suggesting there is an error when there is not:
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
To remove this potentially confusing error message, this patch adds -q
as a 'quiet' option for fdt addr, and uses this flag in
config_distro_bootcmd.h
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Allow to disable PHY driver in SPL because it checks the CONFIG_SPL_PHY
variable for SPL builds.
The same change was done for usb by commit fd09c205fc ("usb:
s/CONFIG_DM_USB/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_USB)/").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Currently the space between kernel_addr_r and the fdt_addr_r is only 32MB.
To have enough space to load kernel images bigger than 32MB change the
variables to a feasible value.
The new environment variables layout is based on the scheme from
"include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h".
The CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR value is set to 0x42000000. With that we have
the same value as for the kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
File fs/ubifs/crc16.h is standard linux's crc16.h include file. So move it
from fs/ubifs to include/linux where are also other linux include files.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-Boot CRC-16 implementation uses polynomial x^16 + x^12 + x^5 + 1 which is
not standard CRC-16 algorithm, but it is known as CRC-16-CCITT. Rename file
crc16.c to crc16-ccitt.c to reduce confusion.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_MMCROOT is only used to set mmcroot, no need a dedicated macro.
Script as below
"
for i in `ls include/configs/*.h`
do
mmcroot=`sed -n '/define.*MMCROOT/ p' $i | awk -F\" '{ print $2;}'`
if [ ! -n "$mmcroot" ]; then
continue
fi
sed -i '/define.*MMCROOT/ d' $i
sed -i 's,\" CONFIG_MMCROOT \",'$mmcroot',g' $i
done
"
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The Sancloud BeagleBone Enhanced Extended WiFi (BBE Extended WiFi) has
its own devicetree file and the board can be identified by the 2nd
letter of the config string within the common EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The Sancloud BeagleBone Enhanced Lite (BBE Lite) has its own devicetree
file and the board can be identified by the 2nd letter of the config
string within the common EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Currently there is only one way to override desired environment location,
by implementing env_get_location(). This is increasingly being conflated
both on board level and architecture level, which leads to a problem on
boards where this function is already implemented on architecture level,
since those boards have no way to override this environment location on
board level anymore.
Implement arch_env_get_location() function which is architecture specific
and should only ever be implemented in architecture code. This function
has lower priority than env_get_location(), which should only ever be
implemented in board code, and which overrides the arch_env_get_location()
architecture environment selection.
This way, architecture can define its default environment chooser, while
board can now override it as needed at all times.
There is no functional change, since env_get_location() simply returns
arch_env_get_location(), and arch_env_get_location() implements the
current env_get_location() default content.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tommaso Merciai <tomm.merciai@gmail.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-By: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This GPIO is actually an input "Q7_3V3_PCIE_WAKE#_IN" not an output, so
remove the misleaading and incorrect definition.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> (re: pci: imx: use vpcie-supply if defined by device-tree)
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
The Globalscale Technologies Sheevaplug board has the network chip
Marvell 88E1116R. Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310
driver to bring up Ethernet.
- Remove CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol from all board files
- Use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/Marvell/sheevaplug/sheevaplug.h, use BIT macro, and add/cleanup
comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
The Colibri PXA270 has been end-of-life since quite a while and would
require more and more maintenance (e.g. DM conversions).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The GW74xx is based on the i.MX 8M Plus SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- Gateworks System Controller
- PCIe Gen 3.0 switch (build option)
- USB 3.0 HUB
- USB Type-C front panel connector
- GPS
- 3-axis accelerometer
- CAN bus
- 6x GbE RJ45 front-panel jacks
- 1x IMX8M FEC RGMII GbE (with Passive PoE)
- 5x IMX8M EQOS RGMII 6 port GbE Switch
(1x with 802.3af class 5 Active PoE)
- RS232/RS485/RS422 serial transceiver
- MIPI header (DSI/CSI/GPIO/PWM/I2S)
- DigI/O header (UART/GPIO/I2C/ADC)
- 802.11ac WiFi
- Bluetooth BLE
- 3x MiniPCIe sockets with PCI/USB
- 1x M.2 Socket with USB2.0, PCIe, and dual-SIM
- PMIC
- Wide range DC input supply (8V to 60V DC)
Do the following to add support for this and future imx8mp-venice boards:
- add dts
- add DRAM config
- add PMIC config
- add IMX8MP support in spl.c and venice.c
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use the common GSC driver.
This allows us to do some additional cleanup:
- use the GSC driver functions
- move waiting for the EEPROM to the SPL int (it will always be ready
after this)
- move eeprom functions into eeprom file and elimate GSC_I2C_BUS
- eliminate some redundant EEPROM reads (the EEPROM must be read in
SPL before relocation, in SPL after relocation, and in U-Boot init.
All subsequent uses can use the global structure)
- remove unnecessary header files and alphabatize includes
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable USB support for host controller and various USB ethernet
devices.
Example usage of USB Mass Storage (UMS) support:
u-boot=> mmc list
FSL_SDHC: 0
FSL_SDHC: 1
FSL_SDHC: 2 (eMMC)
u-boot=> ums 0 mmc 2
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 2, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0xe30000
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use PREBOOT as well. This allows a customer to just set fdt_board as
on any other module to customize the device tree for his carrier
board.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Drop optional support for the ancient Apalis iMX6 V1.0 hardware which
had the UART wired as DCE rather than DTE.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Drop legacy nfsboot script in favor of distroboot DHCP boot.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Use the same name of DHCP Distroboot script as in regular eMMC case.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Drop Apalis iMX8X platform as it never left sample state and is no
longer supported.
Signed-off-by: Denys Drozdov <denys.drozdov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add i.MX8MP power domain handling into the driver. This is based on the
Linux GPCv2 driver state which is soon to be in Linux next.
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-gw74xx
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Implement power_domain_get_by_name() convenience function which parses
DT property 'power-domain-names' and looks up power domain by matching
name.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should only access console_devices[file][i] once we have checked that i
< cd_count[file]. Otherwise, we will access uninitialized memory at the end
of the loop. console_devices[file][i] should not be NULL, but putting the
assignment in the loop condition allows us to ensure that i is checked
beforehand. This isn't a bug, but it does make valgrind stop complaining.
Fixes: 400797cad3 ("IOMUX: Split out for_each_console_dev() helper macro")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
When every member of a linker list is aligned by the compiler, we can no
longer rely on the sizeof of the struct to determine the number of
entries.
For example, if the struct size is 0x90 but every entry is aligned to 0xa0
by the compiler, the linker list entries takes more space in memory and
the calculation of the number of entries is incorrect. For example, we may
see 0x12 entries when there are only 0x11.
This is a real problem. There may be a general solution, although I cannot
currently think of one. So far it only bites with OF_PLATDATA_RT which
creates a pointer to each entry of the 'struct udevice' linker_list. This
does not happen without that option, so it only affects SPL.
Work around it by manually calculating the aligned size of struct udevice,
then using that for the n_ent calculation.
Note: the alignment fix to linker list was here:
0b2fa98aa5 linker_lists: Fix alignment issue
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if devres is enabled in U-Boot proper it is enabled in SPL.
We don't normally want it there, so disable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
In order to update the DT for rk3288
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Keep SCLK_MAC_PLL in use for rk3288 clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3288
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Change location to be more in line with other SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3228
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3228
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3066
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.12 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Include SCSI in the list of boot targets if CONFIG_CMD_SCSI is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- DM9000 DM support
- tftp server bug fix
- mdio ofnode support functions
- Various phy fixes and improvements.
[trini: Fixup merge conflicts in drivers/net/phy/ethernet_id.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c include/phy.h]
The capsule update code has been modified for getting the image GUID
values from the platform code. With this, each image now has a unique
GUID value. With this change, there is no longer a need for defining
GUIDs for FIT and raw images. Remove these GUID values.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Add a structure which defines the information that is needed for
executing capsule updates on a platform. Some information in the
structure like the dfu string is used for making the update process
more robust while some information like the per platform image GUIDs
is used for fixing issues. Initialise this structure in the board
file, and use the information for the capsule updates.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
It seems like there was some merge error when first cleaning up and
sharing this function. We have both an inline version of the function
in include/tables_csum.h and a non-inline version in lib/tables_csum.c.
Rework things so that we only have the non-inline version (due to number
of calls, we should not inline this).
Fixes: 1befb38b86 ("x86: Move table csum into separate file")
Fixes: 2b445e4d31 ("x86: Move table csum into separate header")
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case the DT LED subnode contains "default-state" property set to
either "on" or "off", probe the LED driver and configure the LED state
automatically.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Alex Nemirovsky <alex.nemirovsky@cortina-access.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
[trini: Update the relevant test now that we have support]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Drop legacy #define CONFIG_DRIVER_DM9000 from board include/configs/
and enable the same in Kconfig configs/ .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Dispose of dm9000.h because none of the function prototypes declared in
it are called anywhere in the codebase. Staticize dm9000_read_srom_word()
because it is now called only from within the dm9000 driver. Drop
dm9000_write_srom_word() because it is no longer used.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The IMX_FEC_BASE value is not used when CONFIG_DM_ETH is configured. So this
value can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Currently the space between kernel_addr_r and the fdt_addr_r is only 32MB.
To have enought space to load kernel images bigger than 32MB change the
variables to a feasible value.
The new environment variables layout is based on the scheme from
"include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h".
The CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR value is set to 0x42000000. With that we have
the same value as for the kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Add new board based on the Toradex Verdin iMX8M Mini SoM, the MX8Menlo.
The board is a compatible replacement for i.MX53 M53Menlo and features
USB, multiple UARTs, ethernet, LEDs, SD and eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The Linux kernel moved dt-bindings/pinctrl/pins-imxrt to the device tree
This patch move it in U-Boot as well.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Update the 'boot_net' script to load the fdt with the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add support for Data Modul i.MX8M Mini eDM SBC board. This is an
evaluation board for various custom display units. Currently
supported are serial console, ethernet, eMMC, SD, SPI NOR,
USB host and USB OTG.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add driver for the NXP TJA1100 and TJA1101 PHYs. These PHYs are special
BroadRReach 100BaseT1 PHYs used in automotive.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This macro currently supports only one parameter. Based on Linux iopoll,
let's extend read_poll_timeout common API to allow multiple variable
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
This driver supports NXP C45 TJA11XX PHYs, but there're also other NXP
TJA11XX PHYs. Let's rename functions in this driver to be c45 variant
specific, so further drivers can be introduced adding support for NXP
TJA11XX PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Since we envision using overlays for display interfaces, the video=
settings within vidargs are obsolete. Remove these settings from the
U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
All the other NAND-based boards have tdxargs specified for setting
manual kernel command-line arguments.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The COUNTER_FREQUENCY is missed in 8ulp configs, it will cause SPL
and u-boot not set the cntfrq_el0. For u-boot, this is ok, because
ATF has set it. But for SPL, it will lead delay and get_timer
not working.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Because the Beacon imx8mn board uses device tree
for MMC/SD and Ethernet, there is no need to have some of the
config options. It's handled by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Because the Beacon imx8mm board uses device tree
for MMC/SD and Ethernet, there is no need to have some of the
config options. It's handled by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add a driver for the Gateworks System Controller used on Gateworks boards
which provides a boot watchdog, power control, temperature monitor,
and voltage ADCs.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In cpu_to_be32_array() and be32_to_cpu_array() we should not compare an int
counter to a size_t parameter. Correct the type of the counter. This
exists in upstream as b4c80629c5c9 ("include/linux/byteorder/generic.h:
fix index variables").
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
i.MX8(QM/QXP) - added support for JR driver model.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Horia Geantă <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
We need to know where the typedef of 'ofnode' comes from.
Fixes: c86a4de8df ("mtd: Add flash_node in struct mtd_info")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, add_mtd_partitions_of() can be used only if dev field of
mtd_info struct is populated. It's the case, for example, for a spi nor
flash, which has a DT compatible "jedec,spi-nor" and an associated
device. mtd->dev is populated in spi_nor_scan().
But in case of a raw nand node, mtd_info's dev field can't be populated
as flash node has no compatible, so no associated device.
add_mtd_partitions_of() can't be used to parse "partitions" subnode.
To remove this constraint, add an ofnode field in mtd_info struct
which reference the DT flash node. This new field is populated by
nand_scan_tail(). This new field will be used by add_mtd_partitions_of()
to parse the flash node for "partitions" defined in DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Farhan Ali <farhan.ali@broadcom.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Prior to introduction of modifications in rsassa_pss functions
related to padding verification, doing a pass to update
const-correctness in targeted functions to comply with
coding-rules and avoid const-cast
Signed-off-by: SESA644425 <gioja.hermann@non.se.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This annotates malloc and friends so that valgrind can track the heap. To
do this, we need to follow a few rules:
* Call VALGRIND_MALLOCLIKE_BLOCK whenever we malloc something
* Call VALGRIND_FREELIKE_BLOCK whenever we free something (generally after
we have done our bookkeeping)
* Call VALGRIND_RESIZEINPLACE_BLOCK whenever we change the size of an
allocation. We don't record the original request size of a block, and
neither does valgrind. For this reason, we pretend that the old size of
the allocation was for 0 bytes. This marks the whole allocaton as
undefined, so in order to mark all bits correctly, we must make the whole
new allocation defined with VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_DEFINED. This may cause us
to miss some invalid reads, but there is no way to detect these without
recording the original size of the allocation.
In addition to the above, dlmalloc itself tends to make a lot of accesses
which we know are safe, but which would be unsafe outside of dlmalloc. For
this reason, we provide a suppression file which ignores errors ocurring in
dlmalloc.c
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Valgrind uses magic code sequences to define an ABI that the client may use
to request behavior from the host. In particular, this may be used to
inform valgrind about custom allocators, such as the one used in U-Boot.
This adds headers defining these sequences to U-Boot. It also adds a config
option to disable emission of these sequences entirely, in the (likely)
event that the user does not wish to use valgrind. Note that this option is
called NVALGRIND upstream, but was renamed (and inverted) to
CONFIG_VALGRIND. Aside from this and the conversion of a few instances of
VALGRIND_DO_CLIENT_REQUEST_EXPR to STMT, these headers are unmodified.
These headers were copied from valgrind 3.16.1-4 as distributed in Arch
Linux. They are licensed with the bzip2 1.16 license. This appears to be a
BSD license with some clauses from Zlib.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Documentation:
* Describe how enable DM_SERIAL for a board
UEFI
* Preparatory patches for better integration of DM and UEFI
* Use sysreset after capsule updates instead of do_reset
* Allow to disable persisting non-volatile variables
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SxkC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc1' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc1
Documentation:
* Describe how enable DM_SERIAL for a board
UEFI
* Preparatory patches for better integration of DM and UEFI
* Use sysreset after capsule updates instead of do_reset
* Allow to disable persisting non-volatile variables
Currently we require PHY interface mode to be known when
finding/creating the PHY - the functions
* phy_connect_phy_id()
* phy_device_create()
* create_phy_by_mask()
* search_for_existing_phy()
* get_phy_device_by_mask()
* phy_find_by_mask()
all require the interface parameter, but the only thing done with it is
that it is assigned to phydev->interface.
This makes it impossible to find a PHY device without overwriting the
set mode.
Since the interface mode is not used during .probe() and should be used
at first in .config(), drop the interface parameter from these
functions. Make the default value of phydev->interface (in
phy_device_create()) to be PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA. Move the interface
parameter to phy_connect_dev(), where it should be.
Change all occurrences treewide. In occurrences where we don't call
phy_connect_dev() for some reason (they only configure the PHY without
connecting it to an ethernet controller), set
phydev->interface = value from phy_find_by_mask call.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Use phydev->is_c45 instead of is_10g_interface(phydev->interface) to
determine whether clause 45 protocol should be used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA to the beginning of the enum definition to
make it have zero value. This makes it possible (although not
encouraged) to test for invalid/nonexistent interface mode with !val
instead of val == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA.
The comment near the definition says "Must be last", because when the
constant was introduced in commit 5f184715ec ("Create PHY Lib for
U-Boot"), it was used as the maximum value when interating over the
constants. But this is no longer true - we use PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_MAX
for that now, and so we can move it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Rename constant PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NONE to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA to make
it compatible with Linux' naming.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Rename constant PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_COUNT to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_MAX to
make it compatible with Linux' naming.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Add helpers ofnode_read_phy_mode() and dev_read_phy_mode() to parse the
"phy-mode" / "phy-connection-type" property. Add corresponding UT test.
Use them treewide.
This allows us to inline the phy_get_interface_by_name() into
ofnode_read_phy_mode(), since the former is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add wrappers dm_mdio_read(), dm_mdio_write() and dm_mdio_reset() for
DM MDIO's .read(), .write() and .reset() operations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Add helpers ofnode_get_phy_node() and dev_get_phy_node() and use it in
net/mdio-uclass.c function dm_eth_connect_phy_handle(). Also add
corresponding UT test.
This is useful because other part's of U-Boot may want to get PHY ofnode
without connecting a PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With dm-tag feature, any U-Boot subsystem is allowed to associate
arbitrary number of data with a particular udevice. This can been
see as expanding "struct udevice" without modifying the definition.
As a first user, UEFI subsystem makes use of tags to associate
an efi_disk object with a block device.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the upstream gpio-line-names property already described
in the common GPIO binding document[1]. The ability to search for a line
name allows boards to lift the implementation of common GPIO behaviours
away from specific line indexes on a GPIO controller.
[1] 3c35bfee83/dtschema/schemas/gpio/gpio.yaml (L17)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Based on current usage, migrate a number of DP-DDR related options to
Kconfig.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform has CONFIG_ETH_DESIGNWARE set already, which is the
correct value for the driver in question. Remove this incorrect line.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As no platforms override this value, set it for all mpc83xx platforms.
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move these two options to the arch Kconfig file.
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This symbol is only possibly useful on some mvebu platforms, so move the
symbol there and select it for the only current user.
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a little tricky since SoCFPGA has code to determine this as
runtime. Introduce a guard variable for platforms to select if they
have a static value to use. Then for ARCH_SOCFPGA, call
cm_get_qspi_controller_clk_hz() and otherwise continue the previous
behavior.
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF0
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF1
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF2
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF4
CONFIG_CONS_SCIFA0
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These values are only used in one file, reference them more directly.
Cc: Kamil Lulko <kamil.lulko@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: uboot-stm32@st-md-mailman.stormreply.com
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This code is only used on the corvus platform, so migrate the LED on/off
code to this platform and remove it from the CONFIG namespace. In
theory, this should likely be moved to the modern GPIO LED driver as a
further cleanup.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
A number of CONFIG options are used on these platforms as part of the
default environment. Set some of these more directly and in other
cases, just reference them directly.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CM_INIT
CONFIG_CM_REMAP
CONFIG_CM_SPD_DETECT
CONFIG_CM_MULTIPLE_SSRAM
CONFIG_CM_TCRAM
We make the first three of these options be always enabled, as that
matches usage. We select the last two based on how they were defined in
armcoremodule.h. This also allows us to remove some unused code in
board/armltd/integrator/lowlevel_init.S
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option is only enabled for CI_UDC and !TEGRA20, so implement it as
such in Kconfig directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT
To do this, introduce CONFIG_HAS_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For platform which can boot on different device, this allows
to override interface, device and partition from board code
Signed-off-by: He Yong <hyyoxhk@163.com>
This file uses struct driver, so declare it at the top in case the
header-inclusion order is not as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is normally defined in stdint.h but is not used in U-Boot. When
libraries (such as Chromium OS vboot) are built against U-Boot they may
expect this value to be available. Add it to avoid build errors in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the header file defines this function in SPL but the file may
not actually be built. This causes a build error if the option is enabled.
Fix the condition in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We use Sphinx style comments to describe functions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Up till now the CONFIG_POWER_TPS65217 has been defined in several header
files for am335x SoC.
This patch renames it to CONFIG_PMIC_TPS65217, which better reflects the
role of this IC circuit.
Moreover, new CONFIG_PMIC_TPS65217 has been introduced in Kconfig
to be used with boards, which both support DM_PMIC and DM_I2C.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[trini: Migrate all other platforms as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
xilinx:
- Allow booting bigger kernels till 100MB
zynqmp:
- DT updates (reset IDs)
- Remove unneeded low level uart initialization from psu_init*
- Enable PWM features
- Add support for 1EG device
serial_zynq:
- Change fifo behavior in DEBUG mode
zynq_sdhci:
- Fix BASECLK setting calculation
clk_zynqmp:
- Add support for showing video clock
gpio:
- Update slg driver to handle DT flags
net:
- Update ethernet_id code to support also DM_ETH_PHY
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY in gem driver
- Enable dynamic mode for SGMII config in gem driver
pwm:
- Add driver for cadence PWM
versal:
- Add support for reserved memory
firmware:
- Handle PD enabling for SPL
- Add support for IOUSLCR SGMII configurations
include:
- Sync phy.h with Linux
- Update xilinx power domain dt binding headers
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYkxUZwAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
IXJ2AKCQcoFK7wanCCvZfuEJCSwO5E4eCACginE2CFVXKcY1P8ta4ESusjY2TH0=
=HOoS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2022.07-rc1-v2' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2022.07-rc1 v2
xilinx:
- Allow booting bigger kernels till 100MB
zynqmp:
- DT updates (reset IDs)
- Remove unneeded low level uart initialization from psu_init*
- Enable PWM features
- Add support for 1EG device
serial_zynq:
- Change fifo behavior in DEBUG mode
zynq_sdhci:
- Fix BASECLK setting calculation
clk_zynqmp:
- Add support for showing video clock
gpio:
- Update slg driver to handle DT flags
net:
- Update ethernet_id code to support also DM_ETH_PHY
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY in gem driver
- Enable dynamic mode for SGMII config in gem driver
pwm:
- Add driver for cadence PWM
versal:
- Add support for reserved memory
firmware:
- Handle PD enabling for SPL
- Add support for IOUSLCR SGMII configurations
include:
- Sync phy.h with Linux
- Update xilinx power domain dt binding headers
While creating a phy device using phy_device_create(), we need to
provide a valid phyaddr instead of 0 causing phy address being
registered as 0 with mdio bus and shows mdio phy list as below
ZynqMP> mdio list
eth0:
0 - TI DP83867 <--> ethernet@ff0b0000
eth1:
0 - TI DP83867 <--> ethernet@ff0c0000
Also PHY soft reset is being requested on 0 instead of valid
address causing "PHY reset timed out" error.
So add phyaddr argument to phy_connect_phy_id() and to its prototype
to create phy device with valid phyaddress.
Fixes: a744a284e3 ("net: phy: Add support for ethernet-phy-id with gpio reset")
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fe35fddb9faa5af577ffdfabaec6879c935a30f8.1648562755.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
A big part is the DM pinctrl driver, which allows us to get rid of quite
some custom pinmux code and make the whole port much more robust. Many
thanks to Samuel for that nice contribution! There are some more or less
cosmetic warnings about missing clocks right now, I will send the trivial
fixes for that later.
Another big chunk is the mkimage upgrade, which adds RISC-V and TOC0
(secure images) support. Both features are unused at the moment, but I
have an always-secure board that will use that once the DT lands in the
kernel.
On top of those big things we have some smaller fixes, improving the
I2C DM support, fixing some H6/H616 early clock setup and improving the
eMMC boot partition support.
The gitlab CI completed successfully, including the build test for all
161 sunxi boards. I also boot tested on a A64, A20, H3, H6, and F1C100
board. USB, SD card, eMMC, and Ethernet all work there (where applicable).
Introduce ECC Functionality for full memory space as implemented in the
DDRSS. The following is done to accomplish this:
* Introduce a memory region "ss" to allow dt to provide DDRSS region,
which is not the same as "ctl" which is the controller region.
* Introduce a "ti,ecc-enable" flag which allows a memorycontroller
instance to enable ecc.
* Introduce functionality to properly program the DDRSS registers to
enable ECC for the full DDR memory space if enabled with above flag.
* Expose a k3_ddrss_ddr_fdt_fixup call to allow fixup of fdt blob to
account from DDR memory that must be reserved for ECC operation.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
U-boot is intended to replace linux kernel in android boot image(ABL), and
it's FIT payload to replace initramfs file. The boot process is similar to
boot image with linux:
- android bootloader (ABL) unpacks android boot image
- ABL sets `linux,initrd-start property` in chosen node in unpacked FDT
- ABL sets x0 register to FDT address, and passes control to u-boot
- u-boot reads x0 register, and stores it in `prevbl_fdt_addr` env variable
- u-boot reads `linux,initrd-start` property,
and stores it in `prevbl_initrd_start_addr`
In this way, u-boot bootcmd relies on `prevbl_initrd_start_addr` env
variable, and boils down to `bootm $prevbl_initrd_start_addr`.
If more control on boot process is desired, pack a boot script in
FIT image, and put it to default configuration
What done:
- Rearrange defconfig option order
- Add CONFIG_SAVE_PREV_BL_* options
- Doc updates:
- remove wrong SBOOT memory corruption note, because
memory is changed during u-boot bringup process,
not by SBOOT
- put payload on ramdisk place in abl boot image
creation step
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Platforms can overwrite the weak definition of spl_mmc_boot_mode() to
determine where to load U-Boot proper from.
For most of them this is a trivial decision based on Kconfig variables,
but it might be desirable the probe the actual device to answer this
question.
Pass the pointer to the mmc struct to that function, so implementations
can make use of that.
Compile-tested for all users changed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@inte.com> (for SoCFPGA)
Acked-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com> (for OMAP and K3)
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most Allwinner sunxi SoCs have separate boot ROMs in non-secure and
secure mode. The "non-secure" or "normal" boot ROM (NBROM) uses the
existing sunxi_egon image type. The secure boot ROM (SBROM) uses a
completely different image type, known as TOC0.
A TOC0 image is composed of a header and two or more items. One item
is the firmware binary. The others form a chain linking the firmware
signature to the root-of-trust public key (ROTPK), which has its hash
burned in the SoC's eFuses. Signatures are made using RSA-2048 + SHA256.
The pseudo-ASN.1 structure is manually assembled; this is done to work
around bugs/quirks in the boot ROM, which vary between SoCs. This TOC0
implementation has been verified to work with the A50, A64, H5, H6,
and H616 SBROMs, and it may work with other SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
U-boot is intended to replace linux kernel in android boot image(ABL), and
it's FIT payload to replace initramfs file. The boot process is similar to
boot image with linux:
- android bootloader (ABL) unpacks android boot image
- ABL sets `linux,initrd-start property` in chosen node in unpacked FDT
- ABL sets x0 register to FDT address, and passes control to u-boot
- u-boot reads x0 register, and stores it in `prevbl_fdt_addr` env variable
- u-boot reads `linux,initrd-start` property,
and stores it in `prevbl_initrd_start_addr`
In this way, u-boot bootcmd relies on `prevbl_initrd_start_addr` env
variable, and boils down to `bootm $prevbl_initrd_start_addr`.
If more control on boot process is desired, pack a boot script in
FIT image, and put it to default configuration
What done:
- strip unneeded config options
- add FIT image support
- add framebuffer node, u-boot logo and video console
- increase LMB_MAX_REGIONS, to store all linux dtb reserved memory regions
- add linux kernel image header
Uart driver causes hang, when u-boot is used in android boot image instead
of linux. Temporary disable console driver, until investigated and fixed.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
When u-boot is used as a chain-loaded bootloader (replacing OS kernel),
previous bootloader leaves data in RAM, that can be reused.
For example, on recent arm linux system, when chainloading u-boot,
there are initramfs and fdt in RAM prepared for OS booting. Initramfs
may be modified to store u-boot's payload, thus providing the ability to
use chainloaded u-boot to boot OS without any storage support.
Two config options added:
- SAVE_PREV_BL_INITRAMFS_START_ADDR
saves initramfs start address to 'prevbl_initrd_start_addr' environment
variable
- SAVE_PREV_BL_FDT_ADDR
saves fdt address to 'prevbl_fdt_addr' environment variable
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We already support the NVMe commands and PCIe backend in the QEMU target,
so let's make it easy for anyone to consume them and enable NVMe distro
boot along the way!
With this patch, I can put an NVMe backed disk image into my QEMU VM and
have it automatically load a UEFI target blob.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Some serial drivers can be vastly more efficient when printing multiple
characters at once. Non-DM serial has had a puts option for these sorts
of drivers; implement it for DM serial as well.
Because we have to add carriage returns, we can't just pass the whole
string directly to the serial driver. Instead, we print up to the
newline, then print a carriage return, and then continue on. This is
less efficient, but it is better than printing each character
individually. It also avoids having to allocate memory just to add a few
characters.
Drivers may perform short writes (such as filling a FIFO) and return the
number of characters written in len. We loop over them in the same way
that _serial_putc loops over putc.
This results in around sizeof(void *) growth for all boards with
DM_SERIAL. The full implementation takes around 140 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a debugger is not attached to U-Boot, semihosting calls will raise a
synchronous abort exception. Try to catch this and disable semihosting
so we can e.g. use another uart if one is available. In the immediate
case, we return an error, since it is not always possible to check for
semihosting beforehand (debug uart, user-initiated load command, etc.)
We handle all possible semihosting instructions, which is probably
overkill. However, we do need to keep track of what instruction set
we're using so that we don't suppress an actual error.
A future enhancement could try to determine semihosting capability by
inspecting the processor state. There's an example of this at [1] for
RISC-V. The equivalent for ARM would inspect the monitor modei
enable/select bits of the DSCR. However, as the article notes, an
exception handler is still helpful in order to catch disconnected
debuggers.
[1] https://tomverbeure.github.io/2021/12/30/Semihosting-on-RISCV.html#avoiding-hangs-when-a-debugger-is-not-connected
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
These functions are intended to support detecting semihosting and
falling back gracefully to alternative implementations. The test starts
by making semihosting call. SYS_ERRNO is chosen because it should not
mutate any state. If this semihosting call results in an exception
(rather than being caught by the debugger), then the exception handler
should call disable_semihosting() and resume execution after the call.
Ideally, this would just be part of semihosting by default, and not a
separate config. However, to reduce space ARM SPL doesn't include
exception vectors by default. This means we can't detect if a
semihosting call failed unless we enable them. To avoid forcing them to
be enabled, we use a separate config option. It might also be possible
to try and detect whether a debugger has enabled (by reading HDE from
DSCR), but I wasn't able to figure out a way to do this from all ELs.
This patch just introduces the generic code to handle detection. The
next patch will implement it for arm64 (but not arm32).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds support for booting entirely from JTAG while using a
hard-coded RCW. With these steps, it is not necessary to program a
"good" RCW using CodeWarrior. The method here can be performed with any
JTAG adapter supported by OpenOCD, including the on-board CMSIS-DAP
(albeit very slowly).
These steps require LS1046A support in OpenOCD, which was added in [1].
[1] 5b70c1f679/
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
[trini: Add reference to doc/board/nxp/ls1046ardb.rst]
This adds a serial driver which uses semihosting calls to read and write
to the host's console. For convenience, if CONFIG_DM_SERIAL is enabled,
we will instantiate a serial driver. This allows users to enable this
driver (which has no physical device) without modifying their device
trees or board files. We also implement a non-DM driver for SPL, or for
much faster output in U-Boot proper.
There are three ways to print to the console:
Method Baud
================== =====
smh_putc in a loop 170
smh_puts 1600
smh_write with :tt 20000
================== =====
These speeds were measured using a 175 character message with a J-Link
adapter. For reference, U-Boot typically prints around 2700 characters
during boot on this board. There are two major factors affecting the
speed of these functions. First, each breakpoint incurs a delay. Second,
each debugger memory transaction incurs a delay. smh_putc has a
breakpoint and memory transaction for every character. smh_puts has one
breakpoint, but still has to use a transaction for every character. This
is because we don't know the length up front, so OpenOCD has to check if
each character is nul. smh_write has only one breakpoint and one memory
transfer.
DM serial drivers can only implement a putc interface, so we are stuck
with the slowest API. Non-DM drivers can implement puts, which is vastly
more efficient. When the driver starts up, we try to open :tt. Since
this is an extension, this may fail. If it does, we fall back to
smh_puts. We don't check :semihosting-features, since there are
nonconforming implementations (OpenOCD) which don't implement it (but
*do* implement :tt).
Some semihosting implementations (QEMU) don't handle READC properly. To
work around this, we try to use open/read (much like for stdin) if
possible.
There is no non-blocking I/O available, so we don't implement pending.
This will cause __serial_tstc to always return true. If
CONFIG_SERIAL_RX_BUFFER is enabled, _serial_tstc will try and read
characters forever. To avoid this, we depend on this config being
disabled.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds three wrappers around the semihosting commands for reading and
writing to the host console. We use the more standard getc/putc/puts
names instead of readc/writec/write0 for familiarity.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This command's functionality is now completely implemented by the
standard fs load command. Convert the vexpress64 boot command (which is
the only user) and remove the implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds a filesystem which is backed by the host's filesystem. It is
modeled off of sandboxfs, which has very similar aims. Semihosting
doesn't support listing directories (except with SYS_SYSTEM), so neither
do we. it's possible to optimize a bit for the common case of reading a
whole file by omitting a call to smh_seek, but this is left as a future
optimization.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
In order to add filesystem support, we will need to be able to seek and
write files. Add the appropriate helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
There's no point in using string constants for smh_open if we are just
going to have to parse them. Instead, use numeric modes. The user needs
to be a bit careful with these, since they are much closer semantically
to string modes used by fopen(3) than the numeric modes used with
open(2).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This exports semihosting functions for use in other files. The header is
in include/ and not arm/include/asm because I anticipate that RISC-V may
want to add their own implementation at some point.
smh_len_fd has been renamed to smh_flen to more closely match the
semihosting spec.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
The ARMv8-R64 architecture introduces optional VMSA (paging based MMU)
support in the EL1/0 translation regime, which makes that part mostly
compatible to ARMv8-A.
Add a new board variant to describe the "BASE-R64" FVP model, which
inherits a lot from the existing v8-A FVP support. One major difference
is that the memory map in "inverted": DRAM starts at 0x0, MMIO is at
2GB [1].
* Create new TARGET_VEXPRESS64_BASER_FVP target, sharing most of the
exising configuration.
* Implement inverted memory map in vexpress_aemv8.h
* Create vexpress_aemv8r defconfig
* Provide an MMU memory map for the BASER_FVP
* Update vexpress64 documentation
At the moment the boot-wrapper is the only supported secure firmware. As
there is no official DT for the board yet, we rely on it being supplied
by the boot-wrapper into U-Boot, so use OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE, and go with
a dummy DT for now.
[1] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/100964/1114/Base-Platform/Base---memory/BaseR-Platform-memory-map
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
[Andre: rebase and add Linux kernel header]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS entry for Peter]
In preparation for the ARMv8-R64 FVP support, which has DRAM mapped at
0x0, generalise the page table generation, by using symbolic names for
the address ranges instead of fixed numbers.
We already define the base of the DRAM and MMIO regions, so just use
those symbols in the page table description. Rename V2M_BASE to the more
speaking V2M_DRAM_BASE on the way.
On the VExpress memory map, the address space right after 4GB is of no
particular interest to software, as the whole of DRAM is mapped at 32GB
instead. The first 2 GB alias to the lower 2GB of DRAM mapped below 4GB,
so we skip this part and map some more of the high DRAM, should anyone
need it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far the FVP model just supports booting through semihosting, so by
loading files from the host the model is running on. This allows for
quick booting of new kernels (or replacing DTBs), but prevents more
featureful boots like using UEFI.
Enable the distro_boot feature, and provide a list of possible boot
sources that U-Boot should check:
- For backwards compatibility we start with semihosting, which gets its
commands migrated from CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND into the distro_boot
infrastructure. This is also slightly tweaked to fail graceful in case
the required files could not be found.
- Next we try to use a user provided script, that could be easily
placed into memory using the model command line.
- Since we gained virtio support with the enablement of OF_CONTROL,
let's check virtio block devices next. This is where UEFI boot can
be easily used, for instance by providing a distro installer .iso
file through virtio-blk.
- Networking is now provided by virtio as well, so enable the default
PXE and DHCP boot flows, mostly because we can.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The definition of the standard environment variables (kernel_addr_r and
friends) has been improved lately for the FVP model, but the Juno board
is still using some custom scheme.
Since we need to extend this to a third board soon, let's unify the
definition:
- Define the Juno addresses in the same generic way we do for the FVP
model, and move the actual variable setting out of the board #ifdef's.
- Add the missing addresses for a PXE file and a boot script.
- Cleanup some stale comments on the way.
As the FVP model doesn't have support for distro_boot quite yet, add
a dummy definition for now, to be replaced with the real thing later.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE
Note that for how this is re-used on some PowePC platforms, we introduce
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MONITOR_BASE and CONFIG_TPL_SYS_MONITOR_BASE and use the
CONFIG_VAL macro to get the correct value at build time, in the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NORFLASH_PS32BIT
Note that we also attempt to correct the behavior of the code here,
which had been testing for "NORFLASH_PS32BIT" which would never be set,
instead check for the now set "CONFIG_NORFLASH_PS32BIT", which results
in some behavior change.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The values CONFIG_SYS_USE_NANDFLASH and CONFIG_SYS_USE_MMC serve the
same purpose as CONFIG_SD_BOOT / CONFIG_NAND_BOOT so migrate to using
these switches instead as they're already in Kconfig.
Cc: Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Gorsulowski <daniel.gorsulowski@esd.eu>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the case of M5373EVB we always had NANDFLASH_SIZE=16, so just use it
directly. In the case of M5329EVB we had not removed the rest of NAND
support when saying we didn't have NAND, so instead use that to key off
of rather than NANDFLASH_SIZE.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The value CONFIG_DB_784MP_GP is only used in the DDR code to refer to
CONFIG_TARGET_DB_MV784MP_GP so just use that second value directly.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We only set one of these values ever at this point, so remove dead code.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
There are a handful of variants around CONFIG_SYS_USE_DATAFLASH and none
of them now control anything further within their board config.h files,
so remove these from CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS and then remove the empty
blocks in the board config.h files. In a few places further clean up
related logic.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_LPUART
CONFIG_LPUART_32B_REG
And note that CONFIG_LPUART_32B_REG is unused in code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This CONFIG option is used in one place, so pick a more direct name and
migrate to Kconfig. Rework the code slightly.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_MCFRTC
CONFIG_SYS_MCFRTC_BASE
While at it, remove '#undef RTC_DEBUG' from these config files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Both of these variables are used in a few hard-coded ways to set some
string values or print something to the user. In almost all cases, it's
just as useful to hard-code the value used. The exception here is
printing something closer to correct board name for p1_p2_rdb machines.
This can be done using something from the device tree, but for now
hard-code a non-CONFIG based value instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTM_NETBSD
CONFIG_BOOTM_RTEMS
CONFIG_DESIGNWARE_WATCHDOG
CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO
CONFIG_DM_ETH
CONFIG_DM_MMC
CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR
CONFIG_DM_SPI
CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND
CONFIG_SPL_ETH
CONFIG_TIMER
CONFIG_USB_DWC3
CONFIG_USB_DWC3_GADGET
CONFIG_USB_DWC3_OMAP
CONFIG_USB_DWC3_PHY_OMAP
CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TEGRA
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DOWNLOAD
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DUALSPEED
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_MANUFACTURER
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_PRODUCT_NUM
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_VBUS_DRAW
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_VENDOR_NUM
This catches a number of cases where board config files were #undef
various CONFIG options when building SPL, and that doesn't work. Clean
up the related comments as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit enhances mkimage to update the node
/image/pre-load/sig with the public key.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Add a stage pre-load to the command bootm.
Right now, this stage may be used to read a
header and check the signature of the full
image.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Add a stage pre-load that could
check or modify an image.
For the moment, only a header with a signature is
supported. This header has the following format:
- magic : 4 bytes
- version : 4 bytes
- header size : 4 bytes
- image size : 4 bytes
- offset image signature : 4 bytes
- flags : 4 bytes
- reserved0 : 4 bytes
- reserved1 : 4 bytes
- sha256 of the image signature : 32 bytes
- signature of the first 64 bytes : n bytes
- image signature : n bytes
- padding : up to header size
The stage uses a node /image/pre-load/sig to
get some informations:
- algo-name (mandatory) : name of the algo used to sign
- padding-name : name of padding used to sign
- signature-size : size of the signature (in the header)
- mandatory : set to yes if this sig is mandatory
- public-key (madatory) : value of the public key
Before running the image, the stage pre-load checks
the signature provided in the header.
This is an initial support, later we could add the
support of:
- ciphering
- uncompressing
- ...
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The SPL does not update the memory node with the dram size from EEPROM
but instead we can use get_ram_size which does a simple memory test
to determine the available RAM. Update PHYS_SDRAM_SIZE to 4GiB as that
is the max used on the Venice boards.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Most CCF drivers follow a common pattern where their clock ops defer the
actual operation to the backing CCF clock. Add some generic implementations
of these functions to reduce duplication of code.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220320203446.740178-1-seanga2@gmail.com
Most callers of this function do not check the return value, and it is
unclear what action they should take if it fails. If a function is freeing
multiple clocks, it should not stop just because the first one failed.
Since the callbacks can no longer fail, just convert the return type to
void.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220115222504.617013-8-seanga2@gmail.com
When freeing a clock there is not much we can do if there is an error, and
most callers do not actually check the return value. Even e.g. checking to
make sure that clk->id is valid should have been done in request() in the
first place (unless someone is messing with the driver behind our back).
Just return void and don't bother returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220115222504.617013-2-seanga2@gmail.com
The 2x256 MiB SF variant of this system has 192 MiB rootfs MTD partition
containing UBI on SF0, use the correct size in U-Boot environment, else
U-Boot cannot mount UBI and boot on this variant.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_VIDEO_BCM2835
This is the final ad-hoc CONFIG_VIDEO_... to convert.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
This does not use driver model and is more than two years past the
migration date. Drop it.
It can be added back later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This does not use driver model and is more than two years past the
migration date. Drop it.
It can be added back later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the Kconfigs which are not used and all references to them. In
particular, this drops CONFIG_VIDEO to avoid confusion and allow us to
eventually rename CONFIG_DM_VIDEO to CONFIG_VIDEO.
Also drop the prototype for video_get_info_str() which is no-longer used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jason Liu <jason.hui.liu@nxp.com>
Previous u-boot code changed the default bch setting behavior and caused
backward compatible issue. This fix choose the legacy bch geometry back
again as the default option. If the minimum ecc strength that NAND chips
required need to be chosen, it can be enabled by either adding DT flag
"fsl,use-minimum-ecc" or CONFIG_NAND_MXS_USE_MINIMUM_ECC in configs. The
unused flag "fsl,legacy-bch-geometry" get removed.
Fixes: 51cdf83eea (mtd: gpmi: provide the option to use legacy bch geometry)
Fixes: 616f03daba (mtd: gpmi: change the BCH layout setting for large oob NAND)
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Tested-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean@geanix.com>
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Add missing MEMA - MEMD register definitions for PFUZE100.
Based on work from Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Macros PCI_CLASS_CODE_* and PCI_CLASS_SUB_CODE_* are unused and are
duplication of PCI_CLASS_* macros defined in pci_ids.h header file.
So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add following two new PCI class codes defines into pci_ids.h include file:
PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI_NORMAL
PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI_SUBTRACTIVE
And use these defines in all U-Boot code for describing PCI class codes for
normal and subtractive PCI bridges.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a legacy driver and the value is set in board config headers
without a CONFIG prefix. Remove the code.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_LCD_INFO
CONFIG_LCD_LOGO
CONFIG_LCD_INFO_BELOW_LOGO
CONFIG_LCD_IN_PSRAM
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD
CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD_BGR555
CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD_RGB565
CONFIG_GURNARD_SPLASH
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91_WANTS_COMMON_PHY
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The block IO protocol may be installed on any handle. We should make
no assumption about the structure the handle points to.
efi_disk_is_system_part() makes an illegal widening cast from a handle
to a struct efi_disk_obj. Remove the function.
Fixes: Fixes: 41fd506842 ("efi_loader: disk: add efi_disk_is_system_part()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Let function efi_dp_find_obj() additionally check if a given protocol is
installed on the handle relating to the device-path.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
efi_dp_find_obj() should not return any handle with a partially matching
device path but the handle with the maximum matching device path.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ATMEL_LEGACY
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91_GPIO_PULLUP
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This variable is used once and is noted as board-specific. Use the
value directly with a comment.
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This symbol is used only once, and in comparison with an unset symbol,
so drop it.
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G10EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9261EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G10
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G20EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9260EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G20EK_2MMC
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AM335X_USB0
CONFIG_AM335X_USB0_MODE
CONFIG_AM335X_USB1
CONFIG_AM335X_USB1_MODE
We do this by introducing specific options for static configuration of
USB0/USB1 in SPL rather than defining CONFIG_AM335X_USBx_MODE to the
enum value being used. Furthermore, with how the code is used now we do
not need to have OTG mode exposed as an option here, so remove that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With all boards now using DM_ETH we determine the value for
CONFIG_FEC_XCV_TYPE at run time, except in the case of the default
fall-back. Set the fallback directly now.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ETHPRIME
This is also done by adding a gating Kconfig option, CONFIG_USE_ETHPRIME
similar to other options that are not always set and control environment
variables.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_HAS_ETH0
CONFIG_HAS_ETH1
CONFIG_HAS_ETH2
CONFIG_HAS_ETH3
This is because at this point, only the ids8313 platform was using the
code which was controlled by these symbols. In turn, this code already
performs error checking on being able to perform the device tree fixup.
Rather than convert these to Kconfig for a single platform, update the
code to not need these checks and remove them from all the platforms
they were unused on.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
We also introduce CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY to gate these options, and clean up
the associated Makefile entry and C code for picking default values of
CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ARMV8_SWITCH_TO_EL1
Cc: Alex Nemirovsky <alex.nemirovsky@cortina-access.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ARMV7_SECURE_BASE
CONFIG_ARMV7_SECURE_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_ARMV7_SECURE_RESERVE_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the CI test for stopping platforms from being merged that were
defining symbols that had Kconfig entries, a small number of symbols
needed to be migrated again. Do so, and catch two cases the README
should also have been updated but was not.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit re-introduced a migrated CONFIG symbol to the board header
file. These changes should likely be handled via documentation instead,
as well.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We cannot define a CONFIG value here to ensure that the Kconfig value
isn't set wrong.
Fixes: 2c699fe0d3 ("configs: sunxi: Add common SUNIV header")
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for Kevin, an RK3399-based convertible chromebook that is
very similar to Bob. This patch is mostly based on existing support for
Bob, with only minor changes for Kevin-specific things.
Unlike other Gru boards, coreboot sets Kevin's center logic to 925 mV,
so adjust it here in the dts as well. The rk3399-gru-kevin devicetree
has an unknown event code reference which has to be defined, set it
to the Linux counterpart. The new defconfig is copied from Bob with the
diffconfig:
DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE "rk3399-gru-bob" -> "rk3399-gru-kevin"
DEFAULT_FDT_FILE "rockchip/rk3399-gru-bob.dtb" -> "rockchip/rk3399-gru-kevin.dtb"
VIDEO_ROCKCHIP_MAX_XRES 1280 -> 2400
VIDEO_ROCKCHIP_MAX_YRES 800 -> 1600
+TARGET_CHROMEBOOK_KEVIN y
With this Kevin can boot from SPI flash to a usable U-Boot prompt on the
display with the keyboard working, but cannot boot into Linux for
unknown reasons.
eMMC starts in a working state but fails to re-init, microSD card works
but at a lower-than-expected speed, USB works but causes a hang on
de-init. There are known workarounds to solve eMMC and USB issues.
Cc: Marty E. Plummer <hanetzer@startmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[Alper: commit message, resync config with Bob, update MAINTAINERS,
add to Rockchip doc, add Kconfig help message, set regulator]
Co-developed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch enables some configs that should be working on the Bob board,
based on what is observed to work on the Kevin board.
The Bob board uses an Embedded DisplayPort panel compatible with the
simple panel and Rockchip eDP drivers. Its backlight is controlled by
the Chromium OS Embedded Controller Pulse Width Modulator. Enable these
for the board.
Also set VIDEO_ROCKCHIP_MAX_{XRES,YRES} to 1280x800, the resolution of
its panel. This had to be done for the Kevin board, but it's untested if
this is actually necessary for Bob.
The Rockchip video driver needs to assert/deassert some resets, so also
enable the reset controller. RESET_ROCKCHIP defaults to y for this board
when DM_RESET=y, so it's enough to set that.
The Bob board has two USB 3.0 Type-C ports and one USB 2.0 Type-A port
on its right side. Enable the configs relevant to USB devices so these
can be used. This is despite a known issue with RK3399 boards where USB
de-init causes a hang, as there is a known workaround.
Some other rk3399-based devices enable support for the SoC's random
number generator in commit a475bef534 ("configs: rk3399: enable rng on
firefly/rock960/rockpro64"), as it can provide a KASLR seed when booting
using UEFI. Enable it for Bob as well.
The default misc_init_r() for Rockchip boards sets cpuid and ethernet
MAC address based on e-fuse block. A previous patch extends this on Gru
boards to set registers related to SoC IO domains as is necessary on
these boards. Enable this function and configs for it on Bob.
The microSD card slot on this board (and others based on Gru) is
connected to a GPIO controlled regulator (ppvar-sd-card-io), which must
be operable by U-Boot. Enable the relevant config option to allow this.
Bob boards also use the Winbond W25Q64DW SPI flash chip, enable support
for Winbond SPI flash chips in the board config so U-Boot can boot with
this chip.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
microblaze:
- Add support for reserved memory
xilinx:
- Update FRU code with MAC reading
zynqmp:
- Remove double AMS setting
- DT updates (mostly for SOMs)
- Add support for zcu106 rev 1.0
zynq:
- Update nand binding
nand:
- Aligned zynq_nand to upstream DT binding
net:
- Add support for ethernet-phy-id
mmc:
- Workaround CD in zynq_sdhci driver also for ZynqMP
- Add support for dynamic/run-time SD config for SOMs
gpio:
- Add driver for slg7xl45106
firmware:
- Add support for dynamic SD config
power-domain:
- Update zynqmp driver with the latest firmware
video:
- Add skeleton driver for DP and DPDMA
i2c:
- Fix i2c to work with QEMU
pinctrl:
- Add driver for zynqmp pinctrl driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYjIBkgAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
IYUwAKCYRBxb59BFq4MRvTbNcRZ7H4oGIQCfVUl3x9KZ7nFZaYAaBXFBxwna+PE=
=irCR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2022.07-rc1' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze into next
Xilinx changes for v2022.07-rc1
microblaze:
- Add support for reserved memory
xilinx:
- Update FRU code with MAC reading
zynqmp:
- Remove double AMS setting
- DT updates (mostly for SOMs)
- Add support for zcu106 rev 1.0
zynq:
- Update nand binding
nand:
- Aligned zynq_nand to upstream DT binding
net:
- Add support for ethernet-phy-id
mmc:
- Workaround CD in zynq_sdhci driver also for ZynqMP
- Add support for dynamic/run-time SD config for SOMs
gpio:
- Add driver for slg7xl45106
firmware:
- Add support for dynamic SD config
power-domain:
- Update zynqmp driver with the latest firmware
video:
- Add skeleton driver for DP and DPDMA
i2c:
- Fix i2c to work with QEMU
pinctrl:
- Add driver for zynqmp pinctrl driver
Delegate setting the Enhanced Strobe configuration to individual drivers
if they set a function for it. Return -ENOTSUPP if they do not, like
what the MMC uclass does.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
After commit f132aab403 ("Revert "mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: use
VENDORSPEC_FRC_SDCLK_ON to control card clock output""), it
involve issue in mmc_switch_voltage(), because of the special
design of usdhc.
For FSL_USDHC, it do not implement VENDORSPEC_CKEN/PEREN/HCKEN/IPGEN,
these are reserved bits(Though RM contain the definition of these bits,
but actually internal IC logic do not implement, already confirm with
IC team). Instead, use VENDORSPEC_FRC_SDCLK_ON to gate on/off the card
clock output. Here is the definition of this bit in RM:
[8] FRC_SDCLK_ON
Force CLK output active
Do not set this bit to 1 unless it is necessary. Also, make sure that
this bit is cleared when uSDHC’s clock is about to be changed (frequency
change, clock source change, or delay chain tuning).
0b - CLK active or inactive is fully controlled by the hardware.
1b - Force CLK active
In default, the FRC_SDCLK_ON is 0. This means, when there is no command
or data transfer on bus, hardware will gate off the card clock. But in
some case, we need the card clock keep on. Take IO voltage 1.8v switch
as example, after IO voltage change to 1.8v, spec require gate off the
card clock for 5ms, and gate on the clock back, once detect the card
clock on, then the card will draw the dat0 to high immediately. If there
is not clock gate off/on behavior, some card will keep the dat0 to low
level. This is the reason we fail in mmc_switch_voltage().
To fix this issue, and concern that this is only the fsl usdhc hardware
design limitation, set the bit FRC_SDCLK_ON in the beginning of the
wait_dat0() and clear it in the end. To make sure the 1.8v IO voltage
switch process align with SD specification.
For standard tuning process, usdhc specification also require the card
clock keep on, so also add these behavior in fsl_esdhc_execute_tuning().
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Update the LZ4 compression module based on LZ4 v1.8.3 in order to
use the newest LZ4_decompress_safe_partial() which can now decode
exactly the nb of bytes requested.
Signed-off-by: Huang Jianan <jnhuang95@gmail.com>
"kendryte" is the marketing name for the K210 RISC-V SoC produced by
Canaan Inc. Rather than "kendryte,k210", use the usual "canaan,k210"
vendor,SoC compatibility string format in the device tree files and
use the SoC name for file names.
With these changes, the device tree files are more in sync with the
Linux kernel DTS and drivers, making uboot device tree usable by the
kernel.
Signed-off-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
- convert Nokia RX-51 to CONFIG_DM_VIDEO
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iGwEABECACwWIQSC4hxrSoIUVfFO0kRM6ATMmsalXAUCYi+zvw4cYWd1c3RAZGVu
eC5kZQAKCRBM6ATMmsalXIReAJ9JS06uOjNFmOBdfpsOI2jnVdWABQCbB8nvUh19
jbftZtj+18fhFuNb1r4=
=3vpL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'video-20220314' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-video
- fix display of the u-boot logo on Apple devices
- convert Nokia RX-51 to CONFIG_DM_VIDEO
Xilinx ZynqMP SOC can set 6 parameters for its pins. pinmux status
command will print the status of these parameters for each pin. But
current print buffer length is only 40 characters long, increase it
to 80 to print all the parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/3a6be84c8354f38754a9838670cc0319e84f29e8.1645626183.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
InstallProtocolInterface() is called with a pointer to the protocol GUID.
There is not guarantee that the memory used by the caller for the protocol
GUID stays allocated. To play it safe the GUID should be copied to U-Boot's
internal structures.
Reported-by: Joerie de Gram <j.de.gram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This adds platform code and the device tree for the Phytium Pomelo Board.
The initial support comprises the UART and the PCIE.
Signed-off-by: weichangzheng <nicholas_zheng@outlook.com>
QSGMII PHY initialization should only be done for J721E EVMs and not for
J721E-SK boards. Therefore, fix the environment variables accordingly.
Also, by default remote processors should not be booted in U-Boot but
rather be left to the users to enable this by setting dorprocboot.
Therefore, remove dorprocboot that is being set by default.
Fixes: 5980925e2a ("include: configs: j721e_evm: Add support to boot ethfw core in j721e")
Reported-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Instead of a special function, send an event after driver model is inited
and adjust the boards which use this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This hook can be implmented using events, for the three boards that
actually use it.
Add the event type and event handlers. Drop CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F since we
can just use CONFIG_EVENT to control this. Since sandbox always enables
CONFIG_EVENT, we can drop the defconfig lines there too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generate events when devices are probed or removed, allowing hooks
to be added for these situations.
This is controlled by the DM_EVENT config option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a way to create and dispatch events without needing to allocate
memory. Also add a way to 'spy' on events, thus allowing 'hooks' to be
created.
Use a linker list for static events, which we can use to replace functions
like arch_cpu_init_f(). Allow an EVENT_DEBUG option which makes it
easier to see what is going on at runtime, but uses more code space.
Dynamic events allow the creation of a spy at runtime. This is not always
necessary, but can be enabled with EVENT_DYNAMIC if needed.
A 'test' event is the only option for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mechanically convert video_hw_init() function to UCLASS_VIDEO probe
callback and replace CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE by CONFIG_DM_VIDEO.
As framebuffer base address is setup by the bootloader which loads U-Boot,
set plat->base to that fixed framebuffer address.
This change was tested in qemu n900 machine and is working fine.
What does not work is CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO, seems to be buggy.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Ethernet phy like dp83867 is using strapping resistors to setup PHY
address. On Xilinx boards strapping is setup on wires which are connected
to SOC where internal pull ups/downs influnce phy address. That's why there
is a need to setup pins properly (via pinctrl driver for example) and then
perform phy reset. I can be workarounded by reset gpio done for mdio bus
but this is not working properly when multiply phys sitting on the same
bus. That's why it needs to be done via ethernet-phy-id driver where dt
binding has gpio reset per phy.
DT binding is available here:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml
The driver is are reading the vendor and device id from valid phy node
using ofnode_read_eth_phy_id() and creating a phy device.
Kconfig PHY_ETHERNET_ID symbol is used because not every platform has gpio
support.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/70ab7d71c812b2c972d48c129e416c921af0d7f5.1645627539.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Most of the frequencies are not rounded up to a proper number.
When we need to devide these frequencies to get a number for example
frequency in Mhz, we see it as one less than the actual intended value.
Ex: If we want to get Mhz from frequency 199999994hz, we will calculate
it using div64_u64(199999994, 1000000) and we will get 199Mhz in place
of 200Mhz.
Add a macro DIV64_U64_ROUND_UP for rounding up div64_u64. This is taken
from linux 'commit 68600f623d69("mm: don't miss the last page because of
round-off error")'.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/f9fdcba76cd692ae436b1d7883b490e3dc207231.1645626962.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
This add the initial support of the broadcom reference
board bcm96753ref with a bcm6753 SoC.
This board has 1 GB of RAM, 256 MB of flash (nand),
2 USB port, 1 UART, and 4 ethernet ports.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Currently, any u-boot bootloader for ti armv7 platforms using
DEFAULT_FIT_TI_ARGS to boot with a fitimage (boot_fit = 1)
doesn't boot when built with Yocto Poky (openembedded-core).
## Loading kernel from FIT Image at 90000000 ...
Could not find configuration node
ERROR: can't get kernel image!
Arago forked the kernel-fitimage class [1] and altered the
configuration nodes naming while adding the OPTEE support by
using FITIMAGE_CONF_BY_NAME by default [2].
The "upstream" kernel-fitimage class from openembedded-core still
add the "conf-" prefix for each configuration nodes [3].
The ITS file format (from doc/uImage.FIT/source_file_format.txt)
is not really accurate with the expected naming of these nodes.
But in practice the "conf-" prefix is widely used.
When the FIT image support has been added for ti armv7 platforms
the naming from Arago has been used [3]. Fix this issue by adding
the prefix expected by the ITS file generated by kernel-fitimage
class from openembedded-core.
[1] http://arago-project.org/git/meta-arago.git?p=meta-arago.git;a=commitdiff;h=719ab1b2098bcdc59c249e3529fa82cb1b9130e6
[2] http://arago-project.org/git/meta-arago.git?p=meta-arago.git;a=commitdiff;h=f23f2876a0cda89241d031bb7ba0b4256ed90035
[3] https://git.openembedded.org/openembedded-core/tree/meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass?h=yocto-3.1.13#n290
[3] 1e93cc8473
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Denys Dmytriyenko <denys@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CHIP_SELECTS_PER_CTRL
Cc: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Cc: Pramod Kumar <pramod.kumar_1@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These particular values are not configurable and today we always set
CONFIG_SECURE_BL1_ONLY. Move these to where they're used in the code,
and drop from the CONFIG namespace.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Remove some code, primarily CPM2 related, that is now unused since the
removal of MPC8540/60ADS.
Fixes 3913191c8a ("powerpc: mpc8540ads: mpc8560ads: Drop support for MPC8540/60ADS")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implements SCMI APIs to retrieve the number exposed SCMI clocks using
SCMI_PROTOCOL_ATTRIBUTES messages and the names of the clocks using
SCMI_CLOCK_ATTRIBUTES messages.
This change updates sandbox SCMI clock test driver to manage these
2 new message IDs.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Clement Leger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Changes devm_scmi_process_msg() first argument from target parent device
to current SCMI device and lookup the SCMI agent device among SCMI device
parents for find the SCMI agent operator needed for communication with
the firmware.
This change is needed in order to support CCF in clk_scmi driver unless
what CCF will fail to find the right udevice related to exposed SCMI
clocks.
This patch allows to simplify the caller sequence, using SCMI device
reference as parameter instead of knowing SCMI uclass topology. This
change also adds some protection in case devm_scmi_process_msg() API
function is called for an invalid device type.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Support for Apple M1 Pro and Max will allow using a single binary for
all M1 SoCs. The M1 Pro/Max have a different memory layout. The RAM
start address is 0x100_0000_0000 instead of 0x8_0000_0000.
Replace the hardcoded memory layout with dynamic initialized
environment variables in board_late_init().
Tested on Mac Mini (2020) and Macbook Pro 14-inch (2021).
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES list for distro_bootcmd was hard-coded to assume
that all boot devices are available/enabled in the configuration,
thus ignoring the actual config settings. The config_distro_bootcmd.h
header file specifically has compile-time checks to detect such problems.
To allow disabling USB, SCSI, etc. in custom lx2160a board configs,
make it depend on the config settings and use only the enabled features.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Klauer <daniel.klauer@gin.de>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Most of the time it is very useful to have the version of the board
management controller. Now that we have a driver, print it during
startup.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add a multi-function device driver which will probe its children and
provides methods to access the device.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This adds a helper function for clk_get_by_name in cases where the clock is
optional. Hopefully this helps point driver writers in the right direction.
Also convert some existing users.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220115205247.566210-2-seanga2@gmail.com
This converts the existing driver API docs (clk-uclass.h) to kernel doc
format and adds them to the HTML documentation. Because the kernel doc
sphinx converter does not handle functions in structs very well, the
individual methods are documented separately. This is primarily inspired by
the phylink documentation [1], which uses this trick extensively.
[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/networking/kapi.html#c.phylink_mac_ops
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211222171114.3091780-5-seanga2@gmail.com
This converts the existing client (aka clk.h) documentation to kernel doc
format, and adds it to the HTML docs. I have tried to preserve existing
comments as much as possible, refraining from semantic changes.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211222171114.3091780-4-seanga2@gmail.com
[rebased onto u-boot/master and resolved conflicts]
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
The optional varients of clk_get_* functions are just simple wrappers.
Reduce code size a bit by inlining them. On platforms where it is not used
(most of them), it will not be compiled in any more. On platforms where
they are used, the inlined branch should not cause any significant growth.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211222171114.3091780-3-seanga2@gmail.com
These symbols are incorrect, meaning that binman cannot find the
associated entry. This leads to errors like:
binman: Section '/binman/simple-bin': Symbol '_binman_spl_prop_size'
in entry '/binman/simple-bin/u-boot-spl/u-boot-spl-nodtb':
Entry 'spl' not found in list (mkimage,u-boot-spl-nodtb,
u-boot-spl-bss-pad,u-boot-spl-dtb,u-boot-spl,u-boot-img,main-section)
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the space between kernel_addr_r and the fdt_addr_r is only 32MB.
To have enought space to load kernel images bigger than 32MB change the
variables to a feasible value.
The new environment variables layout is based on the scheme from
"include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h".
The CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR value is set to 0x42000000. With that we have
the same value as for the kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Use the complete 512kb (4 blocks) nand partition reserved for u-boot
environment instead of just the first block, this allows the module to
have a working environment even if 3 blocks are bad.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The GW7902 is based on the i.MX 8M Mini / Nano SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- Gateworks System Controller
- LTE CAT M1 modem
- USB 2.0 HUB
- M.2 Socket with USB2.0, PCIe, and dual-SIM
- IMX8M FEC
- PCIe based GbE
- RS232/RS485/RS422 serial transceiver
- GPS
- CAN bus
- WiFi / Bluetooth
- MIPI header (DSI/CSI/GPIO/PWM/I2S)
- PMIC
To add support for the i.MX8M Nano GW7902:
- Add imx8mn-venice dts/defconfig/include
- Add imx8mn-gw7902 dts
- Add imx8mn-2gb lpddr4 dram configs
- Add misc support for IMX8M Nano SoC
- rename imx8mm-venice.c to venice.c as it is no longer imx8mm specific
- update README with differences for IMX8MN vs IMX8MM
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
- a37xx: pci: Cleanup and minor fix for root port check (Pali)
- pci: mvebu: Ensure that root port is always on root zero bus (Pali)
- kwbimage: Fix dumping DATA registers for v0 images (Pali)
- kwbimage: Support for parsing extended v0 format (Pali)
- a37xx: Fix code and update DTS files to upstream version (Pali)
- a37xx: Fix and extend building memory map (Pali)
- ddr: marvell: a38x: fix BYTE_HOMOGENEOUS_SPLIT_OUT decision (Marek)
- mvebu: Optionally reset board on DDR training failure (Marek)
This change updates all Armada 37xx DTS files to version which is used by
Linux kernel v5.18.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PCI config space of the aardvark PCIe Root Port is available only in
internal aardvark memory space starting at offset 0x0. PCI Express
registers (PCI_EXP_*) start at offset 0xc0. And Advanced Error Reporting
registers (PCI_ERR_*) start at offset 0x100.
Replace custom aardvark register macros by standard PCI macros from
include/pci.h file with fixed offset.
Some DEVCTL and AER macros are not defined in include/pci.h file, so define
them in the same way as in linux uapi header file pci_regs.h.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that single defconfig can be used for booting J721E EVM and
SK, default device tree will not work for selecting dtb for
kernel. Update the findfdt env to select right dtb based on
board_name env variable.
Signed-off-by: Sinthu Raja <sinthu.raja@ti.com>
This function has not been conditionally compiled for some time, so
remove the incorrect guards around the declaration.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Driver should be enabled by CONFIG_POWER_DOMAIN=y and
CONFIG_ZYNQMP_POWER_DOMAIN=y. Power domain driver doesn't have own DT node
but it uses zynqmp firmware DT node that's why there is a need to bind
driver when firmware node is found.
Driver itself is simple. It is sending pmufw config object overlay for
enabling access to device which is done in ...domain_request().
In ...domain_on() capabilities are passed and node is requested.
This should be bare minimum of required to get power domain driver working.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/f4b9433b91c0b18c375b061c7a4e29d428f70547.1644226055.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
When parsing the dfu_alt_info, check the number of arguments
and argument string strictly. If there is any garbage data
(which is not able to be parsed correctly) in dfu_alt_info,
that means something wrong and user may make a typo or mis-
understanding about the syntax. Since the dfu_alt_info is
used for updating the firmware, this mistake may lead to
brick the hardware.
Thus it should be checked strictly for making sure there
is no mistake.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
this will add kaslrseed keyword to sysboot lable,
when it set, it will request to genarate random number
from hwrng as kaslr-seed.
with this patch exlinux.conf label looks like
label l0
menu testing
linux /boot/vmlinuz-5.15.16-arm
initrd /boot/initramfs-5.15.16-arm.img
fdtdir /boot/dtbs/5.15.16-arm/
kaslrseed
append root=UUID=92ae1e50-eeeb-4c5b-8939-7e1cd6cfb059 ro
Tested on Khadas VIM with kernel 5.16.0-rc5-arm64, Debian 11.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Ning <zhangn1985@qq.com>
The imx8mm and imx8mn appear compatible with imx7d-usb
flags in the OTG driver. If the dr_mode is defined as
host or peripheral, the device appears to operate correctly,
however the auto host/peripheral detection results in an error.
The solution isn't just adding checks for imx8mm and imx8mn to
the check for imx7, because the USB clock needs to be running
to read from the USBNC_PHY_STATUS_OFFSET register or it will hang.
Marek requested that I not enable the clocks in ehci_usb_of_to_plat,
so I modified that function to return an unknown state if the
device tree does not explicitly state whether it is a host
or a peripheral.
When the driver probes, it looks to see if it's in the unknown
state, and only then will it read the register to auto-detect.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
There are no boards that define CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDR, so drop the
remaining comments referencing it and also the config_whitelist.txt entry.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: thomas@wytron.com.tw
This driver adds support for the keyboard on Apple Silicon laptops.
The controller for this keyboard sits on an SPI bus and uses an
Apple-specific HID over SPI protocol. The packets sent by this
controller for key presses and key releases are fairly simple and
are decoded directly by the code in this driver and converted into
standard Linux keycodes. The same controller handles the touchpad
found on these laptops. Packets for touchpad events are simply
ignored.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This mailbox driver provides a communication channel with the
Apple IOP controllers found on Apple SoCs. These IOP controllers
are used to implement various functions such as the System
Manegement Controller (SMC) and NVMe storage. It allows sending
and receiving a 96-bit message over a single channel.
The header file with the struct used for mailbox messages is taken
straight from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Sven Peter <sven@svenpeter.dev>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
binman fit improvements
ACPI fixes and making MCFG available to ARM
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFFBAABCgAvFiEEslwAIq+Gp8wWVbYnfxc6PpAIreYFAmIEGscRHHNqZ0BjaHJv
bWl1bS5vcmcACgkQfxc6PpAIreZVkwf/RO9qLM/qtpcvtzFTciVFa/GQwd922abw
Anc4DYDBFTWfVymBTZT4Te0luTkZpqBV9cLEGw4XGYKGt+daVYB4cNKknKDOWqLI
adF7xHK2utT3OBlR7pL4d0Rvq0DAAFmyizkbi/CKHhrrpPkW8rPEiZlMwi+WQlTb
9Qv3deoVnRn3ivgw3AnTny+S52IFuI9pH4a34ASWfpOi3gGzICtIAnhVpRXdD+3A
TIhgK6XaGxBc0lVThsqc20FWfZ6rb4WyBRTRgbYivHn/fQxkynxBdSD6WU1ZdGH8
UZGjk5wBIkf+OyHjNQo/VEwoRHXR1k435+gsehUV8LvzytUykzP/FA==
=7Gel
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dm-pull-8feb22-take3' of https://gitlab.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm
patman snake-case conversion
binman fit improvements
ACPI fixes and making MCFG available to ARM
[trini: Update scripts/pylint.base]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The Pogoplug E02 board has the network chip Marvell 88E1116R. Convert
to Driver Model and use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1118R
to bring up Ethernet.
- Add board_eth_init(), CONFIG_DM_ETH, and CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL
to bring up Ethernet.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- As the result of the migration to Driver Model, this u-boot image has
grown substantially (about 100K, give or take). The old envs location
at 0x60000 (384k) is no longer possible. Move it to 0xC0000 (768K).
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/cloudengines/pogo_e02/pogo_e02.h, use CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD to
keep u-boot image under 512K, use BIT macro, and cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Dockstar board has the network chip Marvell 88E1116R. Convert to
Ethernet driver model, and use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver
M88E1118R to bring up Ethernet.
- Add CONFIG_DM_ETH and associated configs.
- Add board_eth_init() to use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network.
And remove ad-hoc code.
- Add CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove
header file board/Seagate/dockstar/dockstar.h, use
CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD to keep u-boot image
under 512K, add CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER, use BIT macro, and cleanup comments.
- Note: This patch is a RESEND for a previous patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210812051854.1340-2-mibodhi@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Add board_eth_init(), CONFIG_DM_ETH, and CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL
to bring up Ethernet.
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/iomega/iconnect/iconnect.h. Add CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER, use BIT macro,
and cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Globalscale Technologies Dreamplug board has the network chip
Marvell 88E1116R. Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310
driver to bring up Ethernet.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Add board_eth_init() to use uclass mvgbe to bring up both network
port 0 and 1. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Add myself as maintainer (this board seems to be orphaned,
could not contact Jason Cooper using current email).
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/Marvell/dreamplug/dreamplug.h, cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Use parenthesis for the device_get_ops macro argument. This prevents
errors when using an expression for the parameter.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SCSI_AHCI_PLAT
CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID
CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN
CONFIG_SYS_SATA_MAX_DEVICE
Drop CONFIG_SCSI for everything except the sandbox build. We only need
one build for tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is defined based on two other CONFIGs for all boards except sandbox
and durian.
For sandbox the value does not matter. For durian the value seems
excessive.
Drop the option completely, to simplify configuration and reduce the
number of things we need to convert to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_IDE_MAXBUS
CONFIG_SYS_IDE_MAXDEVICE
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_BASE_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_STRIDE
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_DATA_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_REG_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_ALT_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_IDE0_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_IDE1_OFFSET
CONFIG_ATAPI
CONFIG_IDE_RESET
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the new IF_ENABLED_INT() feature to avoid needing our own inline
function to handle this case. Tidy up the logic to ensure that the value
is only used when present. Update the 'expected' comment also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if an optional Kconfig value needs to be used it must be
bracketed by #ifdef. For example, with this Kconfig setup:
config WIBBLE
bool "Support wibbles, the world needs more wibbles"
config WIBBLE_ADDR
hex "Address of the wibble"
depends on WIBBLE
then the following code must be used:
#ifdef CONFIG_WIBBLE
static void handle_wibble(void)
{
int val = CONFIG_WIBBLE_ADDR;
...
}
#endif
static void init_machine()
{
...
#ifdef CONFIG_WIBBLE
handle_wibble();
#endif
}
Add a new IF_ENABLED_INT() to help with this. So now it is possible to
write, without #ifdefs:
static void handle_wibble(void)
{
int val = IF_ENABLED_INT(CONFIG_WIBBLE, CONFIG_WIBBLE_ADDR);
...
}
static void init_machine()
{
...
if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_WIBBLE))
handle_wibble();
}
The value will be CONFIG_WIBBLE_ADDR if CONFIG_WIBBLE is defined and will
produce a build error if not.. This allows us to reduce the use of #ifdef
in the code, ensuring that the compiler still checks the code even if it
is not ultimately used for a particular build.
Add a CONFIG_IF_ENABLED_INT() version as well.
If an attempt is made to use a value that does not exist (i.e. when the
conditional is not enabled), an error about a non-existing function is
generated, e.g.:
common/bloblist.c:447: undefined reference to `invalid_use_of_IF_ENABLED_INT'
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The config_enabled() macro currently uses 0 as the default value. Update
it to allow any value, so we can pass it something else, such as a
non-existent function, to produce a build error if it is not defined.
Also tidy up the code style for IS_ENABLED() and drop the unnecessary
brackets (the value is a simple 0 or 1).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add remoteproc resource handling helpers. These functions
are primarily to parse the resource table and to handle
different types of resources. Carveout, devmem, trace &
vring resources are handled.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
[Amjad: fix redefinition of "struct resource_table" and compile warnings ]
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Add find_next_zero_area to fetch the next zero area in the map.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Add pinctrl macros for J721S2 SoC. These macro definitions are
similar to that of J721E, but adding new definitions to avoid
any naming confusions in the soc dts files.
checkpatch insists the following error exists:
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
However, we do not need parentheses enclosing the values for this
macro as we do intend it to generate two separate values as has been
done for other similar platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
There are 4 lanes in the single instance of J721S2 SERDES. Each SERDES
lane mux can select upto 4 different IPs. Define all the possible
functions.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Move setting the default boot command to the
apalis/colibri_imx6_defconfig. It allows replacing the command
without code modification.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
This adds initial support for the Toradex Verdin iMX8M Plus Quad 4GB WB
IT V1.0B module. They are strapped to boot from eFuses which are factory
fused to properly boot from their on-module eMMC. U-Boot supports
booting from the on-module eMMC only, SDP support is disabled for now
due to missing i.MX 8M Plus USB support.
Functionality wise the following is known to be working:
- eMMC, 8-bit and 4-bit MMC/SD card slots
- Ethernet both on-module eQoS and FEC (requires PHY on carrier board)
- GPIOs
- I2C
Boot sequence is:
SPL ---> ATF (TF-A) ---> U-boot proper
ATF, U-boot proper and u-boot.dtb images are packed into a FIT image,
loaded by SPL.
Boot:
U-Boot SPL 2022.04-rc1-00164-g21a0312611-dirty (Feb 07 2022 - 11:34:04 +0100)
Quad die, dual rank failed, attempting dual die, single rank configuration.
Normal Boot
WDT: Started watchdog@30280000 with servicing (60s timeout)
Trying to boot from BOOTROM
Find img info 0x&48025a00, size 872
Need continue download 1024
Download 779264, Total size 780424
NOTICE: BL31: v2.2(release):rel_imx_5.4.70_2.3.2_rc1-5-g835a8f67b
NOTICE: BL31: Built : 16:52:37, Aug 26 2021
U-Boot 2022.04-rc1-00164-g21a0312611-dirty (Feb 07 2022 - 11:34:04 +0100)
CPU: Freescale i.MX8MP[8] rev1.1 at 1200 MHz
Reset cause: POR
DRAM: 8 GiB
Core: 78 devices, 18 uclasses, devicetree: separate
WDT: Started watchdog@30280000 with servicing (60s timeout)
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... OK
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Model: Toradex Verdin iMX8M Plus Quad 4GB Wi-Fi / BT IT V1.0B, Serial# 06817281
Carrier: Toradex Verdin Development Board V1.1A, Serial# 10807609
Setting variant to wifi
Net: Hard-coding pdata->enetaddr
eth1: ethernet@30be0000, eth0: ethernet@30bf0000 [PRIME]
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Verdin iMX8MP #
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
When loading an EFI binary via the UART we assign a UART device path to it.
But we lack a handle with that device path.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add script to read U-Boot from SD card and write it to matching
locations in the SPI NOR, thus making the SPI NOR bootable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Update to the 5.16 imx8mq dts files and dt bindings
Changes since v1:
Dropped rfkill.h that is not in linux mainline yet.
Signed-off-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add binding for reference clock PAD modes of the i.MX8 PCIe PHY.
Signed-off-by: Richard Zhu <hongxing.zhu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1638432158-4119-2-git-send-email-hongxing.zhu@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Pick from Linux f6f787874aa5 ("dt-bindings: phy: phy-imx8-pcie: Add binding for the pad modes of imx8 pcie phy")
The Linux Kernel Image size for arm64 is still growing.
A Kernel with 54 MB at load address 0x80280000 overlaps
with fdt_addr at 0x83000000. So let's increase it to 0x84000000
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
Commit 72d81360aa ("global: Convert CONFIG_LOADADDR to
CONFIG_SYS_LOADADDR") dropped the usage of LOADADDR and replaced it with
SYS_LOADADDR.
Use the correct macro in environment by replacing CONFIG_LOADADDR with
CONFIG_SYS_LOADADDR.
Fixes: d75ebf3482 ("imx: ventana: fix splash logo drawing")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add fdt_addr_r fdtfile which used by distro boot, and cleanup legacy
environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
We changed to single flash.bin now. So dfu_alt_info should be modified
to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The PDK2 board is capable of running both 100M and 1G ethernet. However,
the i.MX6 has only one ethernet MAC, so it is possible to configure
either 100M or 1G Ethernet. In case of 100M option, the PHY is on the
SoM and the signals are routed to a RJ45 port. For 1G the PHY is on
the PDK2 board with another RJ45 port. 100M and 1G ethernet use
different signal pins from the i.MX6, but share the MDIO bus.
This SoM board combination is used to demonstrate how to enable 1G
ethernet configuration.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add EA iMX7ULP COM board support for building SPL.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Use the complete 512kb (4 blocks) nand partition reserved for u-boot
environment instead of just the first block, this allows the module
to have a working environment even if 3 blocks are bad.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
This is the promised second part of the sunxi PR for 2022.04, albeit
technially outside of the merge window. We were working on this full
steam since the beginning of the year, and it deserves to be merged,
I think.
The main attraction is support for the F1C100s SoC, which sports a
venerable ARM926 core. Support for this SoC and the LicheePi Nano board
has been in Linux for years, and U-Boot patches were posted mid last
year already.
The new SoC using ARMv5 also means that the bulk of the new code should
not touch any existing boards, although we did some refactorings first,
of course, which actually cleans up some existing sunxi code.
Compile tested for all 160 sunxi boards, and briefly tested on BananaPi M1,
OrangePi Zero, Pine64 and Pine-H64. Tested by others on their boards,
including F1C100s and F1C200s devices.
Add device tree files for suniv and
Lichee Pi Nano it is a board based on F1C100s.
dt-bindings/dts are synced with 5.16.0
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Adds support for SUNIV and the F1C100s.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Remove some pointless #ifdefs from this file, as there are quite too
many of them already.
Some definitions don't really hurt to have in any case, so remove the
pointless CONFIG_MMC guard around CONFIG_MMC_SUNXI_SLOT.
The BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT applies regardless of ARM64 or not (now), so remove
that guard as well. The maximum number of MMC devices does not depend on
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC, so move that out to simplify the file.
Last but not least CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_LOAD_IMAGE serves no real purpose
anymore: it's unconditionally defined for all sunxi boards, and protects
nothing applicable outside of sunxi code anymore. Just remove it.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
At present we use wide characters for unicode but this is not necessary.
Change the code to use the 'u' literal instead. This helps to fix build
warnings for sandbox on rpi.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Field fail-safe u-boot update procedure for pg-wcom boards is defined and
implemented by patch: 59b3403.
This patch invokes the update procedure for pg-wcom-ls102x designs during
early misc_init_f execution.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The Ten64 is a networking-oriented MiniITX board
using the NXP LS1088A SoC.
This patch provides the bare minimum to support
Ten64 boards under U-Boot for distroboot.
Some related drivers have not yet been submitted
and this basic support lacks some of the
opinionated defaults provided by our firmware
distribution.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The GoFlex Home board has the network chip Marvell 88E1116R.
Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1118R to bring up Ethernet.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Add board_eth_init() to use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network.
And remove ad-hoc code.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Miscellaneous changes: use CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD to keep u-boot image
under 512K, use BIT macro, and cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
a bit delayed, the first batch of the sunxi pull request for this cycle.
This is mostly collecting some patches that were lying around for a
while, plus some recent fixes. Nothing too exciting at this point, but
of course they should be merged nevertheless.
There is the much bigger F1C100s SoC support coming up, which I hope to
be able to send in the next few days, along with the removal of sunxi's
lowlevel_init usage.
Compile tested for all 159 sunxi boards, plus briefly tested on BananaPi
M1, OrangePi Zero, Pine64 and Pine-H64.
Most AXP PMICs feature a "startup source" register, which keeps
information about how the PMIC started operation. Bit 0 in there means
it has been started by "plugging in the power cable".
Define a symbol in each PMIC's header file to be able to use that
register and bit later on.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Documentation:
* update Nokia RX-51 documentation and move it to rst
* describe boot switch settings for HiFive Unmatched board
UEFI:
* fix the checking of images hashes and signatures
* provide the RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=+edp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-04-rc1-3' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc1-3
Documentation:
* update Nokia RX-51 documentation and move it to rst
* describe boot switch settings for HiFive Unmatched board
UEFI:
* fix the checking of images hashes and signatures
* provide the RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL
A mix of signatures and hashes in db doesn't always work as intended.
Currently if the digest algorithm is not explicitly set to sha256 we
stop walking the security database and reject the image.
That's problematic in case we find and try to check a signature before
inspecting the sha256 hash. If the image is unsigned we will reject it
even if the digest matches.
Since we no longer reject the image on unknown algorithms add an explicit
check and reject the image if any other hash algorithm apart from sha256
is detected on dbx.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This adds support for new RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL to
communicate the boot hart ID to bootloader/kernel on RISC-V
UEFI platforms.
The specification of the protocol is hosted at:
https://github.com/riscv-non-isa/riscv-uefi
Signed-off-by: Sunil V L <sunilvl@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
With Ethboot support in SPL, network stack requires more BSS area, so
increase BSS max size to 16K
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add to support rsa 3072 bits algorithm in tools
for image sign at host side and adds rsa 3072 bits
verification in the image binary.
Add test case in vboot for sha384 with rsa3072 algorithm testing.
Signed-off-by: Jamin Lin <jamin_lin@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the names MMC1, MMC2 and MMC2_2 are output in the SPL. To
achieve more userbility here the name of the boot source can be returned.
E.g. for "MMC1" -> "eMMC" or "MMC2" -> "SD card".
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
binman support for bintools (binary tools)
minor tools improvements in preparation for FDT signing
various minor fixes and improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFFBAABCgAvFiEEslwAIq+Gp8wWVbYnfxc6PpAIreYFAmHyEeYRHHNqZ0BjaHJv
bWl1bS5vcmcACgkQfxc6PpAIreYYlgf8C7tQVklXz9ZHhxVrFaPHWwgmBzEZJSrc
7SWhDX9yBrAYBUk8Q4OMnJz6nXW8Rz5Td9GfBNWcJag1HjJqno4BxkqwGk2tshgj
GIY0D1cGfKJzB4E6/rK/ETwmX4KVUyEf7S2IdJ0oydkn9t7OwDkUX5WtGXo70E7q
ZJGYlX5NQCVBRAF9NYDuyVFljrPzAiyT58VCtXY3q63C7PmRYvag8r56ug+8lkk3
9EbOTcwETqq9SbT1vucyBxwbUmoKhb2BF32jEcIhozowIM3GNsSpkdzQCUnylqfa
LYI/p0oVTKLfFRBRvQjLgdB/OQP8MLkby8A++Db2OW49mBXhn/5JWA==
=PdpE
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dm-pull-26jan22' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm
acpi refactoring to allow non-x86 use
binman support for bintools (binary tools)
minor tools improvements in preparation for FDT signing
various minor fixes and improvements
Add support for CDC ACM using the new UDC and gadget API. This protocol
can be used for serial over USB data transfer and is widely supported
by various OS (GNU/Linux, MS-Windows, OSX...). The usual purpose of
such link is to access device debug console and can be useful for
products not exposing regular UART to the user.
A default stdio device named 'usbacm' is created, and can be used
to redirect console to USB link over CDC ACM:
> setenv stdin usbacm; setenv stdout usbacm
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
At present mkimage displays the node information but it is not clear what
signing action was taken. Add a message that shows it. For now it only
supports showing a single signing action, since that is the common case.
Sample:
Signature written to 'sha1-basic/test.fit',
node '/configurations/conf-1/signature'
Public key written to 'sha1-basic/sandbox-u-boot.dtb',
node '/signature/key-dev'
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we rely on the key blob being in the global_data fdt_blob
pointer. This is true in U-Boot but not with tools. For clarity, pass the
parameter around.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When OF_LIVE flag is enabled on a 64 bits platform, there is an
issue when dev_read_addr() is called and need to perform an address
translation using __of_translate_address().
In case of error, __of_translate_address() return's value is OF_BAD_ADDR
(wich is defined in include/dm/of.h to ((u64)-1) = 0xffffffffffffffff).
The return value of dev_read_addr() is often compared to FDT_ADDR_T_NONE
which is defined as (-1U) = 0xffffffff.
In this case the comparison is always false.
To fix this issue, define FDT_ADDR_T_NONE to (ulong)(-1) in case of
AARCH64. Update accordingly related tests.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some tables needed for ARM devices, including more MADT subtables,
a CSRT descriptor, GTDT and PPTT.
WIP: This needs comments added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this list is used to collect items within the DSDT and SSDT
tables. It is useful for it to collect the whole tables as well, so there
is a list of what was created and which write created each one.
Refactor the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this function to the newer style, so we can avoid passing and
returning an address through this function.
Also move this function out of the x86 code so it can be used by other
archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Move this table over to use a writer function, moving the code from the
x86 implementation.
Add a pointer to the DSDT in struct acpi_ctx so we can reference it later.
Disable this table for sandbox since we don't actually compile real ASL
code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this table over to use a writer function, moving the code from the
x86 implementation.
Add a pointer to the DSDT in struct acpi_ctx so we can reference it later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new ACPI writer to write the base tables at the start of the area,
moving this code from the x86 implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present acpi_setup_base_tables() both sets up the ACPI context and
writes out the base tables.
We want to use an ACPI writer to write the base tables, so split this
function into two, with acpi_setup_ctx() doing the context set, and
acpi_setup_base_tables() just doing the base tables.
Disable the writer's write_acpi_tables() function for now, to avoid
build errors. It is enabled in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we call lots of functions to generate the required ACPI tables.
It would be better to standardise these functions and allow them to be
automatically collected and used when needed.
Add a linker list to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to record the start of an ACPI table so that offsets from
that point can be easily calculated.
Add this to the context and set it before calling the writer method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow this to be used on any arch. Also convert to using macros so that
we can check the CONFIG option in C code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This permits to prepare FIT image description that do not hard-code the
final choice of the signature algorithm, possibly requiring the user to
patch the sources.
When -o <algo> is specified, this information is used in favor of the
'algo' property in the signature node. Furthermore, that property is set
accordingly when writing the image.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The write operation in misc_ops already takes a "const void *" buffer,
but misc_write() takes a mutable "void *". There's no reason for this,
so make misc_write() consistent with the standard write() prototype.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Today the bootcount is not managed by the Linux kernel for STM32MP15 as
we don't have driver to update the used backup register in TAMP and the
recovery command still executes the normal bootcmd with
'altbootcmd=run bootcmd'.
So the bootcount feature is never used, the config CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
and the associated environment variable 'altbootcmd' can be removed to
reduce the U-Boot size.
Each boards can re-enable this feature later in their defconfig, if it is
needed, with the expected backend, for example CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_GENERIC
or CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV.
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This patch configures U-Boot SPL for DHCOR SoM to permit DFU upload of
SPL and subsequent u-boot.itb for recovery or commissioning purposes.
To start U-Boot on DHCOR based board, e.g. Avenger96, proceed as follows:
- Install dfu-util on the host PC (in debian this is package 'dfu-util')
- Power off the Avenger96 board.
- Connect both USB-serial console and USB-OTG microB ports to host PC.
- Switch Avenger96 to USB boot mode -- BOOT0..2 switches all set to 0.
- Power on the Avenger96 board.
- Verify using '$ dmesg' that a new device has been detected as follows:
New USB device found, idVendor=0483, idProduct=df11, bcdDevice= 2.00
New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
Product: DFU in HS Mode @Device ID /0x500, @Revision ID /0x0000
Manufacturer: STMicroelectronics
- Upload U-Boot SPL:
$ dfu-util -a 1 -D u-boot-spl.stm32
- Upload U-Boot proper:
$ dfu-util -a 0 -D u-boot.itb
- At this point, SPL will wait for user to press "Ctrl-C" on serial
console. When ready to interact with U-Boot, press Ctrl-C to start
the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Documentation:
* describe printf() format codes
UEFI
* enable more algorithms for UEFI image verification, e.g. SHA256-RSA2048
General
* simplify printing short texts for GUIDs
* provide a unit test for printing GUIDs
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=GoR6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-04-rc1-2' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc1-2
Documentation:
* describe printf() format codes
UEFI
* enable more algorithms for UEFI image verification, e.g. SHA256-RSA2048
General
* simplify printing short texts for GUIDs
* provide a unit test for printing GUIDs
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91_EFLASH
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Use moveconfig.py script to convert define CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS
and CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT to Kconfig and move these entries
to defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[trini: Re-switch to IS_ENABLED check in spi-nor-core.c, re-run migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Prepare migration to Kconfig.
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT becomes boolean and
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS define the MAX size, also used
for detection when CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT=y
(CFI_MAX_FLASH_BANKS = CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS).
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS become mandatory when
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT is activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS by CFI_FLASH_BANKS to prepare
Kconfig migration and avoid to redefine CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS
in cfi_flash.h.
After this patch CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS should be never used in
the cfi code: use CFI_MAX_FLASH_BANKS for struct size or CFI_FLASH_BANKS
for number of CFI banks which can be dynamic.
This patch modify all the files which include mtd/cfi_flash.h.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Falcon mode is very useful in improving boot speed. A question that
Falcon mode asks is "Where do I look for the kernel". With MMC boot
media, the correct answer is CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR.
The scope of this patch is to move this to Kconfig.
It is possible for a system to support Falcon mode from NOR but not
MMC. In that case, mmc_load_image_raw_os() would not be used. To
address this, conditionally compile mmc_load_image_raw_os() when
SPL_FALCON_BOOT_MMCSD, instead of SPL_OS_BOOT.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Move spl_start_uboot to its own guard in spl_mmc.c, rerun migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- fdt_support: Add fdt_for_each_node_by_compatible() helper macro
(Marek)
- turris_omnia: Fixup SATA or PCIe nodes at runtime in DT blob (Pali)
- pci_mvebu: Add support for Kirkwood PCIe controllers (Pali)
- SPL: More verifications for kwbimage in SPL (Pali)
- mvebu: Remove comphy_update_map() (Pali)
- Minor misc stuff
- meson64_android: define raw parts for bootloader to permit flashing with fastboot
- vim3: configure serial# from ethaddr to permit using fastboot like sei510/610
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=tP9Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-amlogic-20220120' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-amlogic
- Disable CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR for android configs
- meson64_android: define raw parts for bootloader to permit flashing with fastboot
- vim3: configure serial# from ethaddr to permit using fastboot like sei510/610
This weak function is not used anymore, so completely remove it.
Private struct comphy_map is not used by any board code anymore, so move it
into private driver header file comphy_core.h.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add parameter spl_boot_device to spl_parse_board_header(), which allows
the implementations to see from which device we are booting and do
boot-device-specific checks of the image header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add macro fdt_for_each_node_by_compatible() to allow iterating over
fdt nodes by compatible string.
Convert various usages of
off = fdt_node_offset_by_compatible(fdt, start, compat);
while (off > 0) {
code();
off = fdt_node_offset_by_compatible(fdt, off, compat);
}
and similar, to
fdt_for_each_node_by_compatible(off, fdt, start, compat)
code();
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
gpio:
- Add modepin driver
net:
- Save random mac addresses to eth variable
zynqmp gem:
- Add support for mdio bus DT description
- Add support for reset and SGMII phy configuration
- Reduce timeout for MDIO accesses
zynqmp clk:
- Fix clock handling for gem and usb
phy:
- Add zynqmp phy/serdes driver
serial:
- Add one missing compatible string
microblaze:
- Symbol alignement
- SPL fixups
- Code cleanups
zynqmp:
- Various dt changes, DP pre-reloc, gem resets, gem clocks
- Switch SOM to shared psu configuration
- Move dcache handling to firmware driver
- Workaround gmii2rgmii DT description issue
- Enable broadcasts again
- Change firmware enablement logic
- Small adjustement in firmware driver
versal:
- Support new mmc@ DT nodes
- Fix run time variable handling
- Add missing I2C_PMC ID for power domain
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYeg7sQAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
IVhJAKCAiNx/joEeFBJ0XgThtJzFhCjdMwCfYKY9Ewz4L0n2I56lDgR3UJroct0=
=HtB+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2022.04-rc1' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2022.04-rc1
gpio:
- Add modepin driver
net:
- Save random mac addresses to eth variable
zynqmp gem:
- Add support for mdio bus DT description
- Add support for reset and SGMII phy configuration
- Reduce timeout for MDIO accesses
zynqmp clk:
- Fix clock handling for gem and usb
phy:
- Add zynqmp phy/serdes driver
serial:
- Add one missing compatible string
microblaze:
- Symbol alignement
- SPL fixups
- Code cleanups
zynqmp:
- Various dt changes, DP pre-reloc, gem resets, gem clocks
- Switch SOM to shared psu configuration
- Move dcache handling to firmware driver
- Workaround gmii2rgmii DT description issue
- Enable broadcasts again
- Change firmware enablement logic
- Small adjustement in firmware driver
versal:
- Support new mmc@ DT nodes
- Fix run time variable handling
- Add missing I2C_PMC ID for power domain
Function prototypes must not be guarded with ifdef tests. Doing so
prevents us from doing:
if (CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FOO))
func();
as that results in a warning when CONFIG_FOO is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This Synchronizes the Actions Semi S700 SoC DT changes from
commit "g58e1100fdc59" ("Linux v5.16-rc3").
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
The code is cross-ported from BLAKE2 reference implementation
(https://github.com/BLAKE2/BLAKE2).
With minimal change to remove unused macros/features.
Currently there is only one user inside U-boot (btrfs), and since it
only utilize BLAKE2B, all other favors are all removed.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
[trini: Rename ROUND to R to avoid clash with <linux/bitops.h>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
asm/mmu.h include is currently guarded by CONFIG_ADDR_MAP ifdef because
the header is only present on arm and powerpc. In order to remove the
dependency on this header and the associated ifdef, move init_addr_map()
declaration to init.h, since it is only called during the common init
sequence.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Add a return value to kgdb_init and use it directly in the post-relocation
init sequence, rather than using a wrapper stub. Also, move the "KGDB"
print message inside kgdb_init().
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Commit 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support") removed (in 2017) the
last code that made use of bedbug debugger support. Since there aren't
any boards left that define either CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG or a real
bedbug_init(), drop this feature from u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Let am335x_evm use the CPSW or PRUSS ethernet.
- Implement timer_get_boot_us in the omap timer driver
- gpmc bitflip, QSPI clock calculation on am437x, da8xx_gpio bugfixes
- Assorted K3 updates
The am335x-ice-v2 board's Ethernet ports can be configured
in 'MII' or 'RMII' mode to be connected to 'PRUSS' or 'CPSW'
Ethernet subsystems.
This patch sets the environment variable 'ice_mii' to
'mii' or 'rmii' accordingly. Based on that we choose the
appropriate board devicetree i.e. 'am335x-ice-v2.dtb' or
'am335x-ice-v2-prueth.dtb'.
Since there are 2 Ethernet ports with 2 modes, there can be 4
configurations but for now we consider both ports in different modes
to be an invalid configuration and prevent boot in that case.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
[Amjad: use overlay instead of using new am335x-ice-v2-prueth.dtb]
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Make prueth_is_mii be marked __maybe_unused]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
NXP's mEMAC reference manual, Chapter 6.5.5 "MDIO Ethernet Management
Interface usage", specifies to poll the BSY (0) bit in the CFG/STAT
register to wait until a transaction has finished, not bit 31 in the
data register.
In the Linux kernel, this has already been fixed in commit 26eee0210ad7
("net/fsl: fix a bug in xgmac_mdio").
This patch changes the register in the fman_mdio and fsl_ls_mdio
drivers.
As the MDIO_DATA_BSY define is no longer in use, this patch also removes
its definition from the fsl_memac header.
Signed-off-by: Markus Koch <markus@notsyncing.net>
Reviewed-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
This driver is based on an older downstream TI kernel, with
changes and cleanups to work with mainline device-tree bindings.
Signed-off-by: Dominic Rath <rath@ibv-augsburg.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Documentation:
* Fix building HTML documentation of readthedocs.io
* Add ARM Juno board documentation
* Build requirements for Alpine Linux
* Include DM headers in API documentation
UEFI:
* Fix section alignment of EFI binaries
* Fix header length of RISC-V EFI binaries allowing to run them on EDK II
* Remove kaslr-seed from device tree if the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL is provided
Other:
* Let 'part list' show all 128 GPT partitions
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=NZ+6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-04-rc1' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc1
Documentation:
* Fix building HTML documentation of readthedocs.io
* Add ARM Juno board documentation
* Build requirements for Alpine Linux
* Include DM headers in API documentation
UEFI:
* Fix section alignment of EFI binaries
* Fix header length of RISC-V EFI binaries allowing to run them on EDK II
* Remove kaslr-seed from device tree if the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL is provided
Other:
* Let 'part list' show all 128 GPT partitions
Document the return value in efi_init(). Fix up @sizep in efi_info_get().
Use Return: instead of @return
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present the 'efi' command only works in the EFI payload. Update it to
work in the app too, so the memory map can be examined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present this function requires a pointer to struct efi_entry_memmap
but the only field used in there is the desc_size. We want to be able
to use it from the app, so update it to use desc_size directly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this code is inline in the app and stub. But they do the same
thing. The difference is that the stub does it immediately and the app
doesn't want to do it until the end (when it boots a kernel) or not at
all, if returning to UEFI.
Move it into a function so it can be called as needed.
Add a comment showing how to store the memory map so that it can be
accessed within the app if needed, for debugging purposes only. The map
can change without notice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot, in some occasions, injects a 'kaslr-seed' property on the /chosen
node. That would be problematic in case we want to measure the DTB we
install in the configuration table, since it would change across reboots.
The Linux kernel EFI-stub completely ignores it and only relies on
EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL for it's own randomness needs (i.e the randomization
of the physical placement of the kernel). In fact it (blindly) overwrites
the existing seed if the protocol is installed. However it still uses it
for randomizing it's virtual placement.
So let's get rid of it in the presence of the RNG protocol.
It's worth noting that TPMs also provide an RNG. So if we tweak our
EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL slightly and install the protocol when a TPM device
is present the 'kaslr-seed' property will always be removed, allowing
us to reliably measure our DTB.
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
A GPT partition table typically has 128 entries. If a partition table
contains a partition 128 'part list' should be able to list it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/fdtaddr.h
and add the devfdt API to the HTML documentation;
these functions are NOT compatible with live tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/ofnode.h
and add the device tree node API to the HTML documentation;
the ofnode functions are compatible with Live tree or with flat
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/read.h
and add the device read from device tree API to the HTML
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/devres.h
and add the driver model device resource API, devres_*(),
to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/device.h
and add the driver model device API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/platdata.h
and add the associated API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/lists.h
and add the list API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/devres.h
and add the associated driver model API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/uclass.h
and add the driver model UCLASS API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES should only be added if the corresponding u-boot
command is enabled otherwise the build will fail.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Kubik <piotr_kubik@vp.pl>
The function was missing from exports, even though it loooks like the
intent of the implementation in sscanf.c was to have it exported.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Dionne-Riel <samuel@dionne-riel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Attempt to handle cases with a downstream port of a PCIe switch where
link training never completes and the link continues switching between
speeds indefinitely with the data link layer never reaching the active
state.
It has been observed with a downstream port of the ASMedia ASM2824 Gen 3
switch wired to the upstream port of the Pericom PI7C9X2G304 Gen 2
switch, using a Delock Riser Card PCI Express x1 > 2 x PCIe x1 device,
P/N 41433, wired to a SiFive HiFive Unmatched board. In this setup the
switches are supposed to negotiate the link speed of preferably 5.0GT/s,
falling back to 2.5GT/s.
However the link continues oscillating between the two speeds, at the
rate of 34-35 times per second, with link training reported repeatedly
active ~84% of the time, e.g.:
02:03.0 PCI bridge [0604]: ASMedia Technology Inc. ASM2824 PCIe Gen3 Packet Switch [1b21:2824] (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
[...]
Bus: primary=02, secondary=05, subordinate=05, sec-latency=0
[...]
Capabilities: [80] Express (v2) Downstream Port (Slot+), MSI 00
[...]
LnkSta: Speed 5GT/s (downgraded), Width x1 (ok)
TrErr- Train+ SlotClk+ DLActive- BWMgmt+ ABWMgmt-
[...]
LnkCtl2: Target Link Speed: 8GT/s, EnterCompliance- SpeedDis+, Selectable De-emphasis: -3.5dB
Transmit Margin: Normal Operating Range, EnterModifiedCompliance- ComplianceSOS-
Compliance De-emphasis: -6dB
[...]
Forcibly limiting the target link speed to 2.5GT/s with the upstream
ASM2824 device makes the two switches communicate correctly however:
02:03.0 PCI bridge [0604]: ASMedia Technology Inc. ASM2824 PCIe Gen3 Packet Switch [1b21:2824] (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
[...]
Bus: primary=02, secondary=05, subordinate=09, sec-latency=0
[...]
Capabilities: [80] Express (v2) Downstream Port (Slot+), MSI 00
[...]
LnkSta: Speed 2.5GT/s (downgraded), Width x1 (ok)
TrErr- Train- SlotClk+ DLActive+ BWMgmt- ABWMgmt-
[...]
LnkCtl2: Target Link Speed: 2.5GT/s, EnterCompliance- SpeedDis+, Selectable De-emphasis: -3.5dB
Transmit Margin: Normal Operating Range, EnterModifiedCompliance- ComplianceSOS-
Compliance De-emphasis: -6dB
[...]
and then:
05:00.0 PCI bridge [0604]: Pericom Semiconductor PI7C9X2G304 EL/SL PCIe2 3-Port/4-Lane Packet Switch [12d8:2304] (rev 05) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
[...]
Bus: primary=05, secondary=06, subordinate=09, sec-latency=0
[...]
Capabilities: [c0] Express (v2) Upstream Port, MSI 00
[...]
LnkSta: Speed 2.5GT/s (downgraded), Width x1 (downgraded)
TrErr- Train- SlotClk+ DLActive- BWMgmt- ABWMgmt-
[...]
LnkCtl2: Target Link Speed: 5GT/s, EnterCompliance- SpeedDis-
Transmit Margin: Normal Operating Range, EnterModifiedCompliance- ComplianceSOS-
Compliance De-emphasis: -6dB
[...]
Make use of this observation then and attempt to detect the inability to
negotiate the link speed automatically, and then handle it by hand. Use
the Data Link Layer Link Active status flag as the primary indicator of
successful link speed negotiation, but given that the flag is optional
by hardware to implement (the ASM2824 does have it though), resort to
checking for the mandatory Link Bandwidth Management Status flag showing
that the link speed or width has been changed in an attempt to correct
unreliable link operation (the ASM2824 does set it too).
If these checks indicate that link may not operate correctly, then poll
the Data Link Layer Link Active status flag along with the Link Training
flag for the duration of 200ms to see if the link has stabilised, that
is either that the Data Link Layer Link Active status flag has been set
or that Link Training has been inactive during at least the second half
of the interval.
If that has indicated failure, restrict the target speed to 2.5GT/s,
request a link retrain and check again if the link has stabilised. If
that does not work either, then restore the original speed setting and
claim defeat, otherwise we are done.
NB interestingly enough with the ASM2824 vs PI7C9X2G304 configuration
referred above asking the ASM2824 to retrain with a higher target link
speed once the 2.5GT/s speed has been negotiated makes the two devices
successfully negotiate 5.0GT/s. Lifting the 2.5GT/s speed restriction
would however prevent our workaround from working with an OS that issues
a reset and that is unaware of the problem. This is because the devices
would then try to negotiate a higher link speed from scratch and fail,
while the sticky property of the Target Link Speed setting will keep the
2.5GT/s speed restriction across a reset.
Keep the 2.5GT/s speed restriction then, conservatively, if functional
once applied.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@orcam.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These hardcoded values were calculated from CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE macro. Now
this macro is configurable via Kconfig, so calculate values 0x0030/0x4030
at compile time via CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE option. Values 0x0030/0x4030
represents offset of CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE from address 0x40000000.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Memory layout in the comment is from Armada XP platform which uses load
address 0x40004030. DB-88f6720 is Armada 375 platform which uses same load
address as Armada 38x which is 0x40000030.
Currently SPL support for Armada 375 is unfinished and does not work. There
is missing Serdes initialization and DDR3 training code. So nobody noticed
that CONFIG_SPL_* options are not correct.
Fix at least CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE constant and remove incorrect comments
about memory layout. So it is not misleading.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This implementation is intended to be copied to other projects and
modified, to as to foster a standard means of communcating runtime
information between firmware projects.
The GPL-2 license is too restrictive for some projects, e.g. those
intended as reference implementations rather than designed for
collaborative open-source development.
Update the license to make this easier to share.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FIx up various minor errors and add the API documentation to the bloblist
docs, since it is quite useful to see it in the same place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we do support allocating the bloblist but the Kconfig is a bit
strange, since we still have to specify an address in that case. Partly
this is because it is a pain to have CONFIG options that disappears when
its dependency is enabled. It means that we must have #ifdefs in the code,
either in the C code or header file.
Make use of IF_ENABLED_INT() and its friend to solve that problem, so we
can separate out the location of bloblist into a choice. Put the address
and size into variables so we can log the result.
Add the options for SPL as well, so we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if someone adds a tag in the middle of the list it works well
enough within a U-Boot build. But if these tags are used in another
project, or with an older version of SPL, the numbers make become
inconsistent.
Use explicit tag numbers that never change, to resolve this problem.
Allocate areas for existing U-Boot tags and set up an area for use by
projects and vendors, as well as for private use. Keep tags above
0x10000 unallocated for now.
Update bloblist_tag_name() and the tests to work with this new setup.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EC event log tag is no-longer used. The vboot handoff is now handled
by the vboot context instead.
Drop these unused tags.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems best to put the magic number right at the start of the bloblist
header, so it is easier to check. This is how devicetree works.
Make this change now, before other projects make use of bloblist. Other
changes may be needed / discussed, but that is TBD.
Add a checker function as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some bright sparks have decided that a cast on a constant cannot be a
constant, so offsetof() produces this warning on clang-10:
include/intel_gnvs.h:113:1: error: static_assert expression is not an
integral constant expression
check_member(acpi_global_nvs, unused2, GNVS_CHROMEOS_ACPI_OFFSET);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/linux/kernel.h:284:2: note: expanded from macro 'check_member'
offsetof(struct structure, member) == (offset), \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/linux/stddef.h:20:32: note: expanded from macro 'offsetof'
^
include/intel_gnvs.h:113:1: note: cast that performs the conversions of
a reinterpret_cast is ot allowed in a constant expression
include/linux/stddef.h:20:33: note: expanded from macro 'offsetof'
Fix it by using the compiler built-in version, if available. This syncs
the function to the same implementation as Linux v5.16 in this header
file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot define loff_t as long long. But the header
/usr/include/linux/types.h may not define it.
This has lead to a build error on Alpine Linux.
So let's use long long instead of loff_t for
the size parameter of function os_get_filesize().
Reported-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI msc01 driver uses standard format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1 but with cleared Enable bit.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS() with clearing PCI_CONF1_ENABLE
bit and remove old custom driver address macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI gt64120 driver uses standard format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS() and remove old custom driver
address macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Lot of PCI and PCIe controllers are using standard Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1 or its extended version.
So add PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS() and PCI_CONF1_EXT_ADDRESS() macros into U-Boot's
pci.h header file which can be suitable for most PCI and PCIe controller
drivers. Drivers do not have to invent their own macros and can use these
new U-Boot macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to replace '#ifdef' by 'if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_...))' in our code.
Therefore functions should be defined unconditionally even if they are not
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit 52faec3182 ]
Make the code cleaner and drop the old-style #ifdef constructs where it is
possible.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit 5b05fc0310 ]
Voltage validation should be done by CMD8. Current comparison between
mmc_cfg voltages and host voltage capabilities is meaningless.
So drop current comparison and let voltage validation is through CMD8.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
- meson64_android: add board specific env settings, in order to support VIM3/L for android
- add changes to support VIM3/L android boot by using meson64_android.h config
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dLEg
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-amlogic-20220107' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-amlogic into next
- disable CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR when unnecessary on amlogic based configs
- meson64_android: add board specific env settings, in order to support VIM3/L for android
- add changes to support VIM3/L android boot by using meson64_android.h config
After the conversion to DM the SD card shows up as 'mmc 2'
device.
Adjust the 'mmcdev' and the distro command 'func' accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Enable support for USB and USB storage on the UDOO Neo.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
This fixes booting from the mSD card from both SPL and when
using it for the OS booting. It also cleans up a few mmc
booting bits that are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
In AOSP, both VIM3 and VIM3L have 2 bootloader flavors,
depending on A/B enablement.
For example, for vim3l, the naming is:
- u-boot_kvim3l_noab.bin : legacy support
- u-boot_kvim3l_ab.bin : A/B support
Prepare a defconfig to support u-boot_kvim3_ab.bin and
u-boot_kvim3l_ab.bin.
This is identical to khadas-vim3{l}_ab_android but will be updated in
the next commit.
Also update partitioning tables for A/B support.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211122152207.219023-4-mkorpershoek@baylibre.com
This allows us to define extra board variables, such as "board" and
"board_name".
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211122152207.219023-2-mkorpershoek@baylibre.com
Migrate CONFIG_SYS_USR_EXCEP to Kconfig. Also, rename it to
XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_USR_EXCEP in order to match the naming convention of
microblaze-generic Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130163358.2531677-7-ovidiu.panait@windriver.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Microblaze is one the last two users of the CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDRESS
macro (the other is arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/cpu.c, but the macro is not
defined anywhere in powerpc code, so it should be removed there too).
Replace CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDRESS usage in start.S with
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE. If the reset address should really be
user-configurable, a new Kconfig option could be added.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130163358.2531677-6-ovidiu.panait@windriver.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The memory layout is taken from the device tree passed to us by
m1n1, so there is no need to define this.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SMSC driver is using the old driver model.
Init the virtio system in vexpress64.c so that the network device is
discovered.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Move env var address values to #defines so they can be reused elsewhere.
Rename env var names to those recommended in the README and modify
addresses to allow more space for the kernel.
Fix issue where fdt is called with invalid arguments when booting
without a ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Rename from vexpress_aemv8a.h -> vepxress_aemv8.h as new FVPs may not be
v8-A. No change in behavior.
This is towards future work to enable support for the FVP_BaseR.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When using a recent kernel with a bunch of compiled-in
stuff the kernel image easily becomes bigger than 8 MB
yielding this error:
Loading Kernel Image
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Fix this by bumping to SZ_64MB.
Cc: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Documentation:
* Add Sunxi board description
UEFI:
* Improvements to U-Boot running on top of UEFI
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=YdSB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-next' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi into next
Pull request of efi-next
Documentation:
* Add Sunxi board description
UEFI:
* Improvements to U-Boot running on top of UEFI
This provides access to EFI tables after U-Boot has exited boot services.
It is not needed in the app since boot services remain alive and we can
just call them whenever needed.
Add a comment to explain this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present each of these has its own static variable and helper functions.
Move them into a shared file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This should return false when the EFI app is running, since UEFI has done
the required low-level init. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When starting the app, locate all block devices and make them available
to U-Boot. This allows listing partitions and accessing files in
filesystems.
EFI also has the concept of 'disks', meaning boot media. For now, this
is not obviously useful in U-Boot, but add code to at least locate these.
This can be expanded later as needed.
We cannot use printf() in the early stub or app since it is not compiled
in
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently we allow and explicitly check a single shared page with
StandAloneMM. This is dictated by OP-TEE which runs the application.
However there's no way for us dynamically discover the number of pages we
are allowed to use. Since writing big EFI signature list variable
requires more than a page, OP-TEE has bumped the number of shared pages to
four.
Let's remove our explicit check and allow the request to reach OP-TEE even
if it's bigger than what it supports. There's no need to sanitize the
number of pages internally. OP-TEE will fail if we try to write more
than it's allowed. The error will just trigger later on, during the
StMM access.
While at it add an error message to help users figure out what failed.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <apalos@gmail.com>
- support for showing a logo without splash screen config
- support for BMP drawing to depths other than 16bpp
- tests for the different types of supported BMP images
- support showing a logo when running coreboot via qemu
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iGwEABECACwWIQSC4hxrSoIUVfFO0kRM6ATMmsalXAUCYcsdCQ4cYWd1c3RAZGVu
eC5kZQAKCRBM6ATMmsalXCLhAJ9pLJE3SpQRzpm+Nu4EMbCDzZKr+wCfbxnAZ9LC
zS1XZ6u9Se4ysDb+PYs=
=Hf5j
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'video-next-20211228' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-video into next
- various fixes to the sandbox display support
- support for showing a logo without splash screen config
- support for BMP drawing to depths other than 16bpp
- tests for the different types of supported BMP images
- support showing a logo when running coreboot via qemu
UEFI:
* allow for more than 16 KiB UEFI variable size when using StMM
Others:
* make watchdog sysreset compatible with separate poweroff driver
* avoid OpenSSL deprecation warnings
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=VFOg
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-01-rc4-4' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-01-rc4-4
UEFI:
* allow for more than 16 KiB UEFI variable size when using StMM
Others:
* make watchdog sysreset compatible with separate poweroff driver
* avoid OpenSSL deprecation warnings
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_JFFS2_DEV
CONFIG_JFFS2_LZO
CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_OFFSET
CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_88F5182
CONFIG_BOARD_IS_OPENRD_BASE
CONFIG_BOARD_IS_OPENRD_CLIENT
CONFIG_BOARD_IS_OPENRD_ULTIMATE
CONFIG_D2NET_V2
CONFIG_FEROCEON
CONFIG_FEROCEON_88FR131
CONFIG_INETSPACE_V2
CONFIG_KW88F6192
CONFIG_KW88F6281
CONFIG_KW88F6702
CONFIG_NET2BIG_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_LITE_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_MAX_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_MINI_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_V2
CONFIG_SHEEVA_88SV131
At this point mv-plug-common.h is now only an include of mv-common.h so
remove that indirection.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The only place we use CONFIG_CPU_ARMV8 was in the arm_dcc serial driver.
Switch this to CONFIG_ARM64 today, and if in the future we need finer
granularity tuning here, a new CONFIG_SERIAL option needs to be
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to finish moving this symbol to Kconfig for all platforms, we
need to do a few more things. First, for all platforms that define this
to a function, introduce CONFIG_DYNAMIC_SYS_CLK_FREQ, similar to
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DDR_CLK_FREQ and populate clock_legacy.h. This entails
also switching all users from CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ to get_board_sys_clk()
and updating a few preprocessor tests.
With that done, all platforms that define a value here can be converted
to Kconfig, and a fall-back of zero is sufficiently safe to use (and
what is used today in cases where code may or may not have this
available). Make sure that code which calls this function includes
<clock_legacy.h> to get the prototype.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This CONFIG option is used in one of two ways. The first way is that it
is defined to a static value, of an unsigned long size. The second way
is that it is defined to something, typically a function, to determine
this value at run time.
However, in a few cases that function returns a static value. Change
that to using the static value directly.
In the case of using something at run time, convert everything to using
a function of the same name and prototype. This will allow for further
cleanups.
Finally, we have a few cases where the function is just not used, so
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The values CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ_C100 and CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ_C110 are
only used in one place and not changed by the board config file. Move
these out of the CONFIG namespace and in to the CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to finish this conversion we need to add a symbols for
SPL_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT and TPL_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT as there are cases
there where we need to, or need to not, use that framework as things
stand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK
We move the exiting option to common/Kconfig near the other options to
control the contents of board_init_f() and note that this is a legacy
option. We further restrict this to where the call is going to be
non-empty, for the SoCs that had only been using this for some
MMC-related clocks.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
